Prathama Aṃśa, Navama Adhyāya
Viṣṇu Purāṇa · Word senses (212)
English uses glossary phrases; only names stay in Sanskrit. Hover or tap words in the IAST line, or open Word make-up under each verse. Word senses lists every noun in this chapter.
Devanagari scan
From your Viṣṇucittīya edition (Oriental Institute, 1972). Open PDF
इति श्रीविष्णुपुराणे प्रथमे ऽंशे ऽष्टमो ऽध्यायः इदं च शृणु मैत्रेय यत् पृष्टो ऽहम् इह त्वया श्रीसंबद्धं मयाप्य् एतच् श्रुतम् आसीन् मरीचितः
[[iti[[iti (इति)[[iti is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śrīviṣṇupurāṇeśrīviṣṇupurāṇe (श्रीविष्णुपुराणे)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” prathameprathame (प्रथमे)pra- (“forth, forward”) + thame. 'ṃśe'ṃśe (ऽंशे)'ṃśe is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'ṣṭamo'ṣṭamo (ऽष्टमो)'ṣṭamo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'dhyāyaḥ'dhyāyaḥ (ऽध्यायः)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” ]]]]]] is used as a grammatical form in this verse. idaṃidaṃ (इदं)Neuter of idam: “this” (near). caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” śṛṇuśṛṇu (शृणु)From śru, “to hear.” Hear!; hears; having heard; heard. maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yatyat (यत्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. pṛṣṭopṛṣṭo (पृष्टो)pṛṣṭo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'ham'ham (ऽहम्)'ham is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ihaiha (इह)Adverb: “here, in this world.” tvayātvayā (त्वया)Instrumental of yuṣmad: “by you.” śrīsaṃbaddhaṃśrīsaṃbaddhaṃ (श्रीसंबद्धं)śrīsaṃbaddhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mayāpymayāpy (मयाप्य्)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” etacetac (एतच्)etac is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śrutamśrutam (श्रुतम्)From śru, “to hear.” Hear!; hears; having heard; heard. āsīnāsīn (आसीन्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + sīn. marīcitaḥmarīcitaḥ (मरीचितः)The core matches the root cit, “to perceive, to notice.”
[1.9.1] pra- (“forth, forward”) + thame this and hearing which here by you hearing
Word make-up
- [[iti (इति)
- [[iti is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śrīviṣṇupurāṇe (श्रीविष्णुपुराणे)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- prathame (प्रथमे)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + thame
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + thame.
- 'ṃśe (ऽंशे)
- 'ṃśe is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'ṣṭamo (ऽष्टमो)
- 'ṣṭamo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'dhyāyaḥ (ऽध्यायः)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- ]]
- ]] is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- idaṃ (इदं)
- this
- Neuter of idam: “this” (near).
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- śṛṇu (शृणु)
- hearing
- From śru, “to hear.” Hear!; hears; having heard; heard.
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yat (यत्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- pṛṣṭo (पृष्टो)
- pṛṣṭo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'ham (ऽहम्)
- 'ham is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- iha (इह)
- here
- Adverb: “here, in this world.”
- tvayā (त्वया)
- by you
- Instrumental of yuṣmad: “by you.”
- śrīsaṃbaddhaṃ (श्रीसंबद्धं)
- śrīsaṃbaddhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mayāpy (मयाप्य्)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- etac (एतच्)
- etac is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śrutam (श्रुतम्)
- hearing
- From śru, “to hear.” Hear!; hears; having heard; heard.
- āsīn (आसीन्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + sīn.
- marīcitaḥ (मरीचितः)
- The core matches the root cit, “to perceive, to notice.”
दुर्वासाः शंकरस्यांशश् चचार पृथिवीम् इमाम् स ददर्श स्रजं दिव्याम् ऋषिर् विद्याधरीकरे
durvāsāḥdurvāsāḥ (दुर्वासाः)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” dur- (“ill, hard”) + vāsāḥ. śaṃkarasyāṃśaśśaṃkarasyāṃśaś (शंकरस्यांशश्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” cacāracacāra (चचार)cacāra is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pṛthivīmpṛthivīm (पृथिवीम्)pṛthivīm is used as a grammatical form in this verse. imāmimām (इमाम्)Inflected from ima. Dual/plural of idam: “these.” sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” dadarśadadarśa (ददर्श)dadarśa is used as a grammatical form in this verse. srajaṃsrajaṃ (स्रजं)srajaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. divyāmdivyām (दिव्याम्)The core matches the root div, “to shine.” ṛṣirṛṣir (ऋषिर्)ṛṣir is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vidyādharīkarevidyādharīkare (विद्याधरीकरे)The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + dyādharīkare.
[1.9.2] these he
Word make-up
- durvāsāḥ (दुर्वासाः)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” dur- (“ill, hard”) + vāsāḥ.
- śaṃkarasyāṃśaś (शंकरस्यांशश्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- cacāra (चचार)
- cacāra is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pṛthivīm (पृथिवीम्)
- pṛthivīm is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- imām (इमाम्)
- these
- Inflected from ima. Dual/plural of idam: “these.”
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- dadarśa (ददर्श)
- dadarśa is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- srajaṃ (स्रजं)
- srajaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- divyām (दिव्याम्)
- The core matches the root div, “to shine.”
- ṛṣir (ऋषिर्)
- ṛṣir is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vidyādharīkare (विद्याधरीकरे)
- The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + dyādharīkare.
संतानकानाम् अखिलं यस्या गन्धेन वासितम् अतिसेव्यम् अभूद् ब्रह्मन् तद् वनं वनचारिणाम्
saṃtānakānāmsaṃtānakānām (संतानकानाम्)saṃ- (“together”) + tānakānām. akhilaṃakhilaṃ (अखिलं)a- (“not”) + khilaṃ. yasyāyasyā (यस्या)Inflected from yasya. Genitive of yad: “whose, of which.” gandhenagandhena (गन्धेन)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” vāsitamvāsitam (वासितम्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” atisevyamatisevyam (अतिसेव्यम्)The core matches the root sev, “to attend.” ati- (“beyond”) + sevyam. abhūdabhūd (अभूद्)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” a- (“not”) + bhūd. brahmanbrahman (ब्रह्मन्)Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class. tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. vanaṃvanaṃ (वनं)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” vanacāriṇāmvanacāriṇām (वनचारिणाम्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
[1.9.3] saṃ- (“together”) + tānakānām a- (“not”) + khilaṃ whose that-which-is-vast (brahman) that
Word make-up
- saṃtānakānām (संतानकानाम्)
- saṃ- (“together”) + tānakānām
- saṃ- (“together”) + tānakānām.
- akhilaṃ (अखिलं)
- a- (“not”) + khilaṃ
- a- (“not”) + khilaṃ.
- yasyā (यस्या)
- whose
- Inflected from yasya. Genitive of yad: “whose, of which.”
- gandhena (गन्धेन)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- vāsitam (वासितम्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- atisevyam (अतिसेव्यम्)
- The core matches the root sev, “to attend.” ati- (“beyond”) + sevyam.
- abhūd (अभूद्)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” a- (“not”) + bhūd.
- brahman (ब्रह्मन्)
- that-which-is-vast (brahman)
- Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class.
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- vanaṃ (वनं)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- vanacāriṇām (वनचारिणाम्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
उन्मत्तव्रतधृग् विप्रः स दृष्ट्वा शोभनां स्रजम् तां ययाचे वरारोहां विद्याधरवधूं ततः
unmattavratadhṛgunmattavratadhṛg (उन्मत्तव्रतधृग्)The core matches the root dhṛ, “to hold.” vipraḥvipraḥ (विप्रः)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + praḥ. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” dṛṣṭvādṛṣṭvā (दृष्ट्वा)From dṛś, “to see” (present paśya-). Sees; see!; I see; seeing; to see; having seen. śobhanāṃśobhanāṃ (शोभनां)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” srajamsrajam (स्रजम्)srajam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tāṃtāṃ (तां)tāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yayāceyayāce (ययाचे)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” varārohāṃvarārohāṃ (वरारोहां)varārohāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vidyādharavadhūṃvidyādharavadhūṃ (विद्याधरवधूं)The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + dyādharavadhūṃ. tataḥtataḥ (ततः)From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
[1.9.4] vi- (“apart, asunder”) + praḥ he seeing then
Word make-up
- unmattavratadhṛg (उन्मत्तव्रतधृग्)
- The core matches the root dhṛ, “to hold.”
- vipraḥ (विप्रः)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + praḥ
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + praḥ.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- dṛṣṭvā (दृष्ट्वा)
- seeing
- From dṛś, “to see” (present paśya-). Sees; see!; I see; seeing; to see; having seen.
- śobhanāṃ (शोभनां)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
- srajam (स्रजम्)
- srajam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tāṃ (तां)
- tāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yayāce (ययाचे)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- varārohāṃ (वरारोहां)
- varārohāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vidyādharavadhūṃ (विद्याधरवधूं)
- The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + dyādharavadhūṃ.
- tataḥ (ततः)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
याचिता तेन तन्वङ्गी मालां विद्याधराङ्गना ददौ तस्मै विशालाक्षी सादरं प्रणिपत्य तम्
yācitāyācitā (याचिता)The core matches the root cit, “to perceive, to notice.” tenatena (तेन)Instrumental of tad: “by that.” tanvaṅgītanvaṅgī (तन्वङ्गी)The core matches the root tan, “to stretch.” mālāṃmālāṃ (मालां)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” vidyādharāṅganāvidyādharāṅganā (विद्याधराङ्गना)The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + dyādharāṅganā. dadaudadau (ददौ)dadau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tasmaitasmai (तस्मै)The core matches the root as, “to be.” viśālākṣīviśālākṣī (विशालाक्षी)The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + śālākṣī. sādaraṃsādaraṃ (सादरं)sādaraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. praṇipatyapraṇipatya (प्रणिपत्य)Gerund of pra- + pat, “to fall.” Having prostrated. tamtam (तम्)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
[1.9.5] by that having prostrated him
Word make-up
- yācitā (याचिता)
- The core matches the root cit, “to perceive, to notice.”
- tena (तेन)
- by that
- Instrumental of tad: “by that.”
- tanvaṅgī (तन्वङ्गी)
- The core matches the root tan, “to stretch.”
- mālāṃ (मालां)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- vidyādharāṅganā (विद्याधराङ्गना)
- The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + dyādharāṅganā.
- dadau (ददौ)
- dadau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tasmai (तस्मै)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- viśālākṣī (विशालाक्षी)
- The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + śālākṣī.
- sādaraṃ (सादरं)
- sādaraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- praṇipatya (प्रणिपत्य)
- having prostrated
- Gerund of pra- + pat, “to fall.” Having prostrated.
- tam (तम्)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
ताम् आदायात्मनो मूर्ध्नि स्रजम् उन्मत्तरूपधृक् कृत्वा स विप्रो मैत्रेय परिबभ्राम मेदिनीम्
tāmtām (ताम्)tām is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ādāyātmanoādāyātmano (आदायात्मनो)The core matches the root man, “to think.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + dāyātmano. mūrdhnimūrdhni (मूर्ध्नि)śiras: head. mūrdhan: head, peak. srajamsrajam (स्रजम्)srajam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. unmattarūpadhṛkunmattarūpadhṛk (उन्मत्तरूपधृक्)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” kṛtvākṛtvā (कृत्वा)From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” viprovipro (विप्रो)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pro. maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. paribabhrāmaparibabhrāma (परिबभ्राम)pari- (“around”) + babhrāma. medinīmmedinīm (मेदिनीम्)The core matches the root nī, “to lead.”
[1.9.6] head doing he vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pro pari- (“around”) + babhrāma
Word make-up
- tām (ताम्)
- tām is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ādāyātmano (आदायात्मनो)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + dāyātmano.
- mūrdhni (मूर्ध्नि)
- head
- śiras: head. mūrdhan: head, peak.
- srajam (स्रजम्)
- srajam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- unmattarūpadhṛk (उन्मत्तरूपधृक्)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
- kṛtvā (कृत्वा)
- doing
- From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- vipro (विप्रो)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pro
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pro.
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- paribabhrāma (परिबभ्राम)
- pari- (“around”) + babhrāma
- pari- (“around”) + babhrāma.
- medinīm (मेदिनीम्)
- The core matches the root nī, “to lead.”
स ददर्श समायान्तम् उन्मत्तैरावतस्थितम् त्रैलोक्याधिपतिं देवं सह देवैः शचीपतिम्
sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” dadarśadadarśa (ददर्श)dadarśa is used as a grammatical form in this verse. samāyāntamsamāyāntam (समायान्तम्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” sam- (“together”) + āyāntam. unmattairāvatasthitamunmattairāvatasthitam (उन्मत्तैरावतस्थितम्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” trailokyādhipatiṃtrailokyādhipatiṃ (त्रैलोक्याधिपतिं)The core matches the root pat, “to fall.” devaṃdevaṃ (देवं)Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” sahasaha (सह)Indeclinable: “with, together.” devaiḥdevaiḥ (देवैः)Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” śacīpatimśacīpatim (शचीपतिम्)The core matches the root pat, “to fall.”
[1.9.7] he shining one with shining one
Word make-up
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- dadarśa (ददर्श)
- dadarśa is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- samāyāntam (समायान्तम्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” sam- (“together”) + āyāntam.
- unmattairāvatasthitam (उन्मत्तैरावतस्थितम्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- trailokyādhipatiṃ (त्रैलोक्याधिपतिं)
- The core matches the root pat, “to fall.”
- devaṃ (देवं)
- shining one
- Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- saha (सह)
- with
- Indeclinable: “with, together.”
- devaiḥ (देवैः)
- shining one
- Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- śacīpatim (शचीपतिम्)
- The core matches the root pat, “to fall.”
ताम् आत्मनः स शिरसः स्रजम् उन्मत्तषट्पदाम् आदायामरराजाय चिक्षेपोन्मत्तवन् मुनिः
tāmtām (ताम्)tām is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ātmanaḥātmanaḥ (आत्मनः)ātman is the self. Related to an, “to breathe”: the breathing one, the inner self of a living being. Not a ghost-soul added from outside; it is the self. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” śirasaḥśirasaḥ (शिरसः)Inflected from śiras. śiras: head. mūrdhan: head, peak. srajamsrajam (स्रजम्)srajam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. unmattaṣaṭpadāmunmattaṣaṭpadām (उन्मत्तषट्पदाम्)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” ādāyāmararājāyaādāyāmararājāya (आदायामरराजाय)The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + dāyāmararājāya. cikṣeponmattavancikṣeponmattavan (चिक्षेपोन्मत्तवन्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” muniḥmuniḥ (मुनिः)From man, “to think,” or maun “silence.” The thinker / the silent one.
[1.9.8] the self he head silent thinker
Word make-up
- tām (ताम्)
- tām is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ātmanaḥ (आत्मनः)
- the self
- ātman is the self. Related to an, “to breathe”: the breathing one, the inner self of a living being. Not a ghost-soul added from outside; it is the self.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- śirasaḥ (शिरसः)
- head
- Inflected from śiras. śiras: head. mūrdhan: head, peak.
- srajam (स्रजम्)
- srajam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- unmattaṣaṭpadām (उन्मत्तषट्पदाम्)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
- ādāyāmararājāya (आदायामरराजाय)
- The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + dāyāmararājāya.
- cikṣeponmattavan (चिक्षेपोन्मत्तवन्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- muniḥ (मुनिः)
- silent thinker
- From man, “to think,” or maun “silence.” The thinker / the silent one.
गृहीत्वामरराजेन स्रग् ऐरावतमूर्धनि न्यस्ता रराज कैलासशिखरे जाह्नवी यथा
gṛhītvāmararājenagṛhītvāmararājena (गृहीत्वामरराजेन)The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.” sragsrag (स्रग्)srag is used as a grammatical form in this verse. airāvatamūrdhaniairāvatamūrdhani (ऐरावतमूर्धनि)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” a- (“not”) + irāvatamūrdhani. nyastānyastā (न्यस्ता)The core matches the root as, “to be.” rarājararāja (रराज)The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.” kailāsaśikharekailāsaśikhare (कैलासशिखरे)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” jāhnavījāhnavī (जाह्नवी)jāhnavī is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yathāyathā (यथा)ya- + thā: “in which way, as.”
[1.9.9] as
Word make-up
- gṛhītvāmararājena (गृहीत्वामरराजेन)
- The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.”
- srag (स्रग्)
- srag is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- airāvatamūrdhani (ऐरावतमूर्धनि)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.” a- (“not”) + irāvatamūrdhani.
- nyastā (न्यस्ता)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- rarāja (रराज)
- The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.”
- kailāsaśikhare (कैलासशिखरे)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- jāhnavī (जाह्नवी)
- jāhnavī is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yathā (यथा)
- as
- ya- + thā: “in which way, as.”
मदान्धकारिताक्षो ऽसौ गन्धाकृष्टेन वारणः करेणाघ्राय चिक्षेप तां स्रजं धरणीतले
madāndhakāritākṣomadāndhakāritākṣo (मदान्धकारिताक्षो)The core matches the root dā, “to give.” 'sau'sau (ऽसौ)'sau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. gandhākṛṣṭenagandhākṛṣṭena (गन्धाकृष्टेन)The core matches the root kṛṣ, “to drag, to plough.” vāraṇaḥvāraṇaḥ (वारणः)vāraṇaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kareṇāghrāyakareṇāghrāya (करेणाघ्राय)kareṇāghrāya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. cikṣepacikṣepa (चिक्षेप)cikṣepa is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tāṃtāṃ (तां)tāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. srajaṃsrajaṃ (स्रजं)srajaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dharaṇītaledharaṇītale (धरणीतले)dharaṇītale is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.10]
Word make-up
- madāndhakāritākṣo (मदान्धकारिताक्षो)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
- 'sau (ऽसौ)
- 'sau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- gandhākṛṣṭena (गन्धाकृष्टेन)
- The core matches the root kṛṣ, “to drag, to plough.”
- vāraṇaḥ (वारणः)
- vāraṇaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kareṇāghrāya (करेणाघ्राय)
- kareṇāghrāya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- cikṣepa (चिक्षेप)
- cikṣepa is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tāṃ (तां)
- tāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- srajaṃ (स्रजं)
- srajaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dharaṇītale (धरणीतले)
- dharaṇītale is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
ततश् चुक्रोध भगवान् दुर्वासा मुनिसत्तमः मैत्रेय देवराजानं क्रुद्धश् चैतद् उवाच ह
tataśtataś (ततश्)tataś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. cukrodhacukrodha (चुक्रोध)cukrodha is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhagavānbhagavān (भगवान्)bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name. durvāsādurvāsā (दुर्वासा)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” dur- (“ill, hard”) + vāsā. munisattamaḥmunisattamaḥ (मुनिसत्तमः)munisattamaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. devarājānaṃdevarājānaṃ (देवराजानं)The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.” kruddhaśkruddhaś (क्रुद्धश्)kruddhaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caitadcaitad (चैतद्)caitad is used as a grammatical form in this verse. uvācauvāca (उवाच)Perfect of vac, “to speak.” He said. haha (ह)Enclitic of emphasis, often after a verb of saying.
[1.9.11] the Lord said
Word make-up
- tataś (ततश्)
- tataś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- cukrodha (चुक्रोध)
- cukrodha is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhagavān (भगवान्)
- the Lord
- bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name.
- durvāsā (दुर्वासा)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” dur- (“ill, hard”) + vāsā.
- munisattamaḥ (मुनिसत्तमः)
- munisattamaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- devarājānaṃ (देवराजानं)
- The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.”
- kruddhaś (क्रुद्धश्)
- kruddhaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- caitad (चैतद्)
- caitad is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- uvāca (उवाच)
- said
- Perfect of vac, “to speak.” He said.
- ha (ह)
- Enclitic of emphasis, often after a verb of saying
- Enclitic of emphasis, often after a verb of saying.
ऐश्वर्यमददुष्टात्मन्न् अतिस्तब्धो ऽसि वासव श्रियो धाम स्रजं यस् त्वं मद्दत्तां नाभिनन्दसि
aiśvaryamadaduṣṭātmannaiśvaryamadaduṣṭātmann (ऐश्वर्यमददुष्टात्मन्न्)The core matches the root man, “to think.” a- (“not”) + iśvaryamadaduṣṭātmann. atistabdhoatistabdho (अतिस्तब्धो)ati- (“beyond”) + stabdho. 'si'si (ऽसि)'si is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vāsavavāsava (वासव)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” śriyośriyo (श्रियो)The core matches the root śri, “to lean.” dhāmadhāma (धाम)The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” srajaṃsrajaṃ (स्रजं)srajaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yasyas (यस्)Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.” tvaṃtvaṃ (त्वं)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” maddattāṃmaddattāṃ (मद्दत्तां)maddattāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nābhinandasinābhinandasi (नाभिनन्दसि)The core matches the root nand, “to rejoice.”
[1.9.12] ati- (“beyond”) + stabdho who you
Word make-up
- aiśvaryamadaduṣṭātmann (ऐश्वर्यमददुष्टात्मन्न्)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.” a- (“not”) + iśvaryamadaduṣṭātmann.
- atistabdho (अतिस्तब्धो)
- ati- (“beyond”) + stabdho
- ati- (“beyond”) + stabdho.
- 'si (ऽसि)
- 'si is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vāsava (वासव)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- śriyo (श्रियो)
- The core matches the root śri, “to lean.”
- dhāma (धाम)
- The core matches the root dhā, “to place.”
- srajaṃ (स्रजं)
- srajaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yas (यस्)
- who
- Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.”
- tvaṃ (त्वं)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- maddattāṃ (मद्दत्तां)
- maddattāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- nābhinandasi (नाभिनन्दसि)
- The core matches the root nand, “to rejoice.”
प्रसाद इति नोक्तं ते प्रणिपातपुरःसरम् हर्षोत्फुल्लकपोलेन न चापि शिरसा धृता
prasādaprasāda (प्रसाद)pra-sad, “to sit forth, to settle.” Settled clearness; grace as a settling-down of favour. Not a temple sweet. itiiti (इति)Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought. noktaṃnoktaṃ (नोक्तं)noktaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. praṇipātapuraḥsarampraṇipātapuraḥsaram (प्रणिपातपुरःसरम्)The core matches the root tap, “to heat.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇipātapuraḥsaram. harṣotphullakapolenaharṣotphullakapolena (हर्षोत्फुल्लकपोलेन)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” cāpicāpi (चापि)Inflected from cāpa. dhanus: bow. cāpa also bow. śirasāśirasā (शिरसा)Inflected from śiras. śiras: head. mūrdhan: head, peak. dhṛtādhṛtā (धृता)The core matches the root dhṛ, “to hold.”
[1.9.13] settled-clearness thus you not bow head
Word make-up
- prasāda (प्रसाद)
- settled-clearness
- pra-sad, “to sit forth, to settle.” Settled clearness; grace as a settling-down of favour. Not a temple sweet.
- iti (इति)
- thus
- Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought.
- noktaṃ (नोक्तं)
- noktaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- praṇipātapuraḥsaram (प्रणिपातपुरःसरम्)
- The core matches the root tap, “to heat.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇipātapuraḥsaram.
- harṣotphullakapolena (हर्षोत्फुल्लकपोलेन)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- cāpi (चापि)
- bow
- Inflected from cāpa. dhanus: bow. cāpa also bow.
- śirasā (शिरसा)
- head
- Inflected from śiras. śiras: head. mūrdhan: head, peak.
- dhṛtā (धृता)
- The core matches the root dhṛ, “to hold.”
मया दत्ताम् इमां मालां यस्मान् न बहु मन्यसे त्रैलोक्यश्रीर् अतो मूढ विनाशम् उपयास्यति
mayāmayā (मया)Instrumental of asmad: “by me.” dattāmdattām (दत्ताम्)dattām is used as a grammatical form in this verse. imāṃimāṃ (इमां)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” mālāṃmālāṃ (मालां)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” yasmānyasmān (यस्मान्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” bahubahu (बहु)bahu: much, many. manyasemanyase (मन्यसे)The core matches the root man, “to think.” trailokyaśrīrtrailokyaśrīr (त्रैलोक्यश्रीर्)The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.” atoato (अतो)Inflected from ata. From idam/a-tas: “hence, therefore.” mūḍhamūḍha (मूढ)Past participle of muh, “to be confused.” Confounded; the confused one. vināśamvināśam (विनाशम्)vi- (“apart, fully”) + nāśa (naś, “to perish”). Complete perishing. upayāsyatiupayāsyati (उपयास्यति)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” upa- (“near, toward”) + yāsyati.
[1.9.14] by me not many hence confounded complete perishing
Word make-up
- mayā (मया)
- by me
- Instrumental of asmad: “by me.”
- dattām (दत्ताम्)
- dattām is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- imāṃ (इमां)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- mālāṃ (मालां)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- yasmān (यस्मान्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- bahu (बहु)
- many
- bahu: much, many.
- manyase (मन्यसे)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
- trailokyaśrīr (त्रैलोक्यश्रीर्)
- The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.”
- ato (अतो)
- hence
- Inflected from ata. From idam/a-tas: “hence, therefore.”
- mūḍha (मूढ)
- confounded
- Past participle of muh, “to be confused.” Confounded; the confused one.
- vināśam (विनाशम्)
- complete perishing
- vi- (“apart, fully”) + nāśa (naś, “to perish”). Complete perishing.
- upayāsyati (उपयास्यति)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” upa- (“near, toward”) + yāsyati.
मां मन्यते ऽन्यैः सदृशं नूनं शक्र भवान् द्विजैः अतो ऽवमानम् अस्मासु मानिना भवता कृतम्
māṃmāṃ (मां)Accusative of asmad: “me.” manyatemanyate (मन्यते)From man, “to think.” Thinks; I think; thought. 'nyaiḥ'nyaiḥ (ऽन्यैः)'nyaiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sadṛśaṃsadṛśaṃ (सदृशं)The core matches the root sad, “to sit.” nūnaṃnūnaṃ (नूनं)nūnaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śakraśakra (शक्र)The core matches the root śak, “to be able.” bhavānbhavān (भवान्)Honorific “you” (from bhū, the becoming-one as polite you). dvijaiḥdvijaiḥ (द्विजैः)Inflected from dvija. dvi-ja “twice-born.” dvija-uttama: upmost of the twice-born. atoato (अतो)Inflected from ata. From idam/a-tas: “hence, therefore.” 'vamānam'vamānam (ऽवमानम्)The core matches the root nam, “to bow.” asmāsuasmāsu (अस्मासु)a- (“not”) joined to smāsu. Particle used with present tense for past or customary action. Together the form means a + that sense. mānināmāninā (मानिना)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” bhavatābhavatā (भवता)bhavatā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kṛtamkṛtam (कृतम्)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
[1.9.15] me thinks you twice-born hence smāsu
Word make-up
- māṃ (मां)
- me
- Accusative of asmad: “me.”
- manyate (मन्यते)
- thinks
- From man, “to think.” Thinks; I think; thought.
- 'nyaiḥ (ऽन्यैः)
- 'nyaiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sadṛśaṃ (सदृशं)
- The core matches the root sad, “to sit.”
- nūnaṃ (नूनं)
- nūnaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śakra (शक्र)
- The core matches the root śak, “to be able.”
- bhavān (भवान्)
- you
- Honorific “you” (from bhū, the becoming-one as polite you).
- dvijaiḥ (द्विजैः)
- twice-born
- Inflected from dvija. dvi-ja “twice-born.” dvija-uttama: upmost of the twice-born.
- ato (अतो)
- hence
- Inflected from ata. From idam/a-tas: “hence, therefore.”
- 'vamānam (ऽवमानम्)
- The core matches the root nam, “to bow.”
- asmāsu (अस्मासु)
- smāsu
- a- (“not”) joined to smāsu. Particle used with present tense for past or customary action. Together the form means a + that sense.
- māninā (मानिना)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- bhavatā (भवता)
- bhavatā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kṛtam (कृतम्)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
मद्दत्ता भवता यस्मात् क्षिप्ता माला महीतले तस्मात् प्रणष्टलक्ष्मीकं त्रैलोक्यं ते भविष्यति
maddattāmaddattā (मद्दत्ता)maddattā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhavatābhavatā (भवता)bhavatā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yasmātyasmāt (यस्मात्)Ablative of yad: “from which”; often “because.” kṣiptākṣiptā (क्षिप्ता)The core matches the root kṣi, “to dwell / to destroy.” mālāmālā (माला)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” mahītalemahītale (महीतले)mahītale is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tasmāttasmāt (तस्मात्)Ablative of tad: “from that”; often “therefore.” praṇaṣṭalakṣmīkaṃpraṇaṣṭalakṣmīkaṃ (प्रणष्टलक्ष्मीकं)pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇaṣṭalakṣmīkaṃ. trailokyaṃtrailokyaṃ (त्रैलोक्यं)The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.” tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. bhaviṣyatibhaviṣyati (भविष्यति)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
[1.9.16] because therefore pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇaṣṭalakṣmīkaṃ you
Word make-up
- maddattā (मद्दत्ता)
- maddattā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhavatā (भवता)
- bhavatā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yasmāt (यस्मात्)
- because
- Ablative of yad: “from which”; often “because.”
- kṣiptā (क्षिप्ता)
- The core matches the root kṣi, “to dwell / to destroy.”
- mālā (माला)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- mahītale (महीतले)
- mahītale is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tasmāt (तस्मात्)
- therefore
- Ablative of tad: “from that”; often “therefore.”
- praṇaṣṭalakṣmīkaṃ (प्रणष्टलक्ष्मीकं)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇaṣṭalakṣmīkaṃ
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇaṣṭalakṣmīkaṃ.
- trailokyaṃ (त्रैलोक्यं)
- The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.”
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- bhaviṣyati (भविष्यति)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
यस्य संजातकोपस्य भयम् एति चराचरम् तं त्वं माम् अतिगर्वेण देवराजावमन्यसे
yasyayasya (यस्य)Genitive of yad: “whose, of which.” saṃjātakopasyasaṃjātakopasya (संजातकोपस्य)The core matches the root as, “to be.” saṃ- (“together”) + jātakopasya. bhayambhayam (भयम्)From bhī, “to fear.” Fear. etieti (एति)eti is used as a grammatical form in this verse. carācaramcarācaram (चराचरम्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” taṃtaṃ (तं)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.” tvaṃtvaṃ (त्वं)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” māmmām (माम्)Accusative of asmad: “me.” atigarveṇaatigarveṇa (अतिगर्वेण)ati- (“beyond”) + garveṇa. devarājāvamanyasedevarājāvamanyase (देवराजावमन्यसे)The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.”
[1.9.17] whose fear him you me ati- (“beyond”) + garveṇa
Word make-up
- yasya (यस्य)
- whose
- Genitive of yad: “whose, of which.”
- saṃjātakopasya (संजातकोपस्य)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” saṃ- (“together”) + jātakopasya.
- bhayam (भयम्)
- fear
- From bhī, “to fear.” Fear.
- eti (एति)
- eti is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- carācaram (चराचरम्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- taṃ (तं)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
- tvaṃ (त्वं)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- mām (माम्)
- me
- Accusative of asmad: “me.”
- atigarveṇa (अतिगर्वेण)
- ati- (“beyond”) + garveṇa
- ati- (“beyond”) + garveṇa.
- devarājāvamanyase (देवराजावमन्यसे)
- The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.”
महेन्द्रो वारणस्कन्धाद् अवतीर्य त्वरान्वितः प्रसादयाम् आस मुनिं दुर्वाससम् अकल्मषम्
mahendromahendro (महेन्द्रो)mahendro is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vāraṇaskandhādvāraṇaskandhād (वारणस्कन्धाद्)The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” avatīryaavatīrya (अवतीर्य)ava- (“down, off”) + tīrya. tvarānvitaḥtvarānvitaḥ (त्वरान्वितः)tvarānvitaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. prasādayāmprasādayām (प्रसादयाम्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sādayām. āsaāsa (आस)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” muniṃmuniṃ (मुनिं)Inflected from muni. From man, “to think,” or maun “silence.” The thinker / the silent one. durvāsasamdurvāsasam (दुर्वाससम्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” dur- (“ill, hard”) + vāsasam. akalmaṣamakalmaṣam (अकल्मषम्)a- (“not”) + kalmaṣam.
[1.9.18] ava- (“down, off”) + tīrya silent thinker a- (“not”) + kalmaṣam
Word make-up
- mahendro (महेन्द्रो)
- mahendro is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vāraṇaskandhād (वारणस्कन्धाद्)
- The core matches the root dhā, “to place.”
- avatīrya (अवतीर्य)
- ava- (“down, off”) + tīrya
- ava- (“down, off”) + tīrya.
- tvarānvitaḥ (त्वरान्वितः)
- tvarānvitaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- prasādayām (प्रसादयाम्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sādayām.
- āsa (आस)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- muniṃ (मुनिं)
- silent thinker
- Inflected from muni. From man, “to think,” or maun “silence.” The thinker / the silent one.
- durvāsasam (दुर्वाससम्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” dur- (“ill, hard”) + vāsasam.
- akalmaṣam (अकल्मषम्)
- a- (“not”) + kalmaṣam
- a- (“not”) + kalmaṣam.
प्रसाद्यमानः स तदा प्रणिपातपुरःसरम् प्रत्युवाच सहस्राक्षं दुर्वासा मुनिसत्तमः
prasādyamānaḥprasādyamānaḥ (प्रसाद्यमानः)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sādyamānaḥ. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” praṇipātapuraḥsarampraṇipātapuraḥsaram (प्रणिपातपुरःसरम्)The core matches the root tap, “to heat.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇipātapuraḥsaram. pratyuvācapratyuvāca (प्रत्युवाच)pra- (“forth, forward”) + tyuvāca. sahasrākṣaṃsahasrākṣaṃ (सहस्राक्षं)The core matches the root as, “to be.” durvāsādurvāsā (दुर्वासा)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” dur- (“ill, hard”) + vāsā. munisattamaḥmunisattamaḥ (मुनिसत्तमः)munisattamaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.19] he then pra- (“forth, forward”) + tyuvāca
Word make-up
- prasādyamānaḥ (प्रसाद्यमानः)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sādyamānaḥ.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- praṇipātapuraḥsaram (प्रणिपातपुरःसरम्)
- The core matches the root tap, “to heat.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇipātapuraḥsaram.
- pratyuvāca (प्रत्युवाच)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + tyuvāca
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + tyuvāca.
- sahasrākṣaṃ (सहस्राक्षं)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- durvāsā (दुर्वासा)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” dur- (“ill, hard”) + vāsā.
- munisattamaḥ (मुनिसत्तमः)
- munisattamaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
नाहं कृपालुहृदयो न च मां भजते क्षमा अन्ये ते मुनयः शक्र दुर्वाससम् अवेहि माम्
nāhaṃnāhaṃ (नाहं)nāhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kṛpāluhṛdayokṛpāluhṛdayo (कृपालुहृदयो)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” māṃmāṃ (मां)Accusative of asmad: “me.” bhajatebhajate (भजते)The core matches the root bhaj, “to share, to resort to.” kṣamākṣamā (क्षमा)From kṣam, “to endure, to be capable of bearing.” Forbearance. anyeanye (अन्ये)Nominative plural of anya: “others.” From anya “other, not this.” tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. munayaḥmunayaḥ (मुनयः)From man, “to think,” or maun “silence.” The thinker / the silent one. śakraśakra (शक्र)The core matches the root śak, “to be able.” durvāsasamdurvāsasam (दुर्वाससम्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” dur- (“ill, hard”) + vāsasam. avehiavehi (अवेहि)a- (“not”) + vehi. māmmām (माम्)Accusative of asmad: “me.”
[1.9.20] not and me forbearance others you silent thinker a- (“not”) + vehi me
Word make-up
- nāhaṃ (नाहं)
- nāhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kṛpāluhṛdayo (कृपालुहृदयो)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- māṃ (मां)
- me
- Accusative of asmad: “me.”
- bhajate (भजते)
- The core matches the root bhaj, “to share, to resort to.”
- kṣamā (क्षमा)
- forbearance
- From kṣam, “to endure, to be capable of bearing.” Forbearance.
- anye (अन्ये)
- others
- Nominative plural of anya: “others.” From anya “other, not this.”
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- munayaḥ (मुनयः)
- silent thinker
- From man, “to think,” or maun “silence.” The thinker / the silent one.
- śakra (शक्र)
- The core matches the root śak, “to be able.”
- durvāsasam (दुर्वाससम्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” dur- (“ill, hard”) + vāsasam.
- avehi (अवेहि)
- a- (“not”) + vehi
- a- (“not”) + vehi.
- mām (माम्)
- me
- Accusative of asmad: “me.”
गौतमादिभिर् अन्यैस् त्वं गर्वम् आपादितो मुधा अक्षान्तिसारसर्वस्वं दुर्वाससम् अवेहि माम्
gautamādibhirgautamādibhir (गौतमादिभिर्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” anyaisanyais (अन्यैस्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” a- (“not”) + nyais. tvaṃtvaṃ (त्वं)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” garvamgarvam (गर्वम्)garvam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. āpāditoāpādito (आपादितो)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + pādito. mudhāmudhā (मुधा)The core matches the root mud, “to be glad.” akṣāntisārasarvasvaṃakṣāntisārasarvasvaṃ (अक्षान्तिसारसर्वस्वं)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” a- (“not”) + kṣāntisārasarvasvaṃ. durvāsasamdurvāsasam (दुर्वाससम्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” dur- (“ill, hard”) + vāsasam. avehiavehi (अवेहि)a- (“not”) + vehi. māmmām (माम्)Accusative of asmad: “me.”
[1.9.21] you a- (“not”) + vehi me
Word make-up
- gautamādibhir (गौतमादिभिर्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- anyais (अन्यैस्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” a- (“not”) + nyais.
- tvaṃ (त्वं)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- garvam (गर्वम्)
- garvam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- āpādito (आपादितो)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + pādito.
- mudhā (मुधा)
- The core matches the root mud, “to be glad.”
- akṣāntisārasarvasvaṃ (अक्षान्तिसारसर्वस्वं)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” a- (“not”) + kṣāntisārasarvasvaṃ.
- durvāsasam (दुर्वाससम्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” dur- (“ill, hard”) + vāsasam.
- avehi (अवेहि)
- a- (“not”) + vehi
- a- (“not”) + vehi.
- mām (माम्)
- me
- Accusative of asmad: “me.”
वसिष्ठाद्यैर् दयासारैः स्तोत्रं कुर्वद्भिर् उच्चकैः गर्वं गतो ऽसि येनैवं माम् अप्य् अद्यावमन्यसे
vasiṣṭhādyairvasiṣṭhādyair (वसिष्ठाद्यैर्)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” dayāsāraiḥdayāsāraiḥ (दयासारैः)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” stotraṃstotraṃ (स्तोत्रं)stotraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kurvadbhirkurvadbhir (कुर्वद्भिर्)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” uccakaiḥuccakaiḥ (उच्चकैः)uccakaiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. garvaṃgarvaṃ (गर्वं)garvaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. gatogato (गतो)Inflected from gata. From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes. 'si'si (ऽसि)'si is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yenaivaṃyenaivaṃ (येनैवं)yenaivaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. māmmām (माम्)Accusative of asmad: “me.” apyapy (अप्य्)apy is used as a grammatical form in this verse. adyāvamanyaseadyāvamanyase (अद्यावमन्यसे)The core matches the root man, “to think.” a- (“not”) + dyāvamanyase.
[1.9.22] going me
Word make-up
- vasiṣṭhādyair (वसिष्ठाद्यैर्)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.”
- dayāsāraiḥ (दयासारैः)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- stotraṃ (स्तोत्रं)
- stotraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kurvadbhir (कुर्वद्भिर्)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
- uccakaiḥ (उच्चकैः)
- uccakaiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- garvaṃ (गर्वं)
- garvaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- gato (गतो)
- going
- Inflected from gata. From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes.
- 'si (ऽसि)
- 'si is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yenaivaṃ (येनैवं)
- yenaivaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mām (माम्)
- me
- Accusative of asmad: “me.”
- apy (अप्य्)
- apy is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- adyāvamanyase (अद्यावमन्यसे)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.” a- (“not”) + dyāvamanyase.
ज्वलज्जटाकलापस्य भृकुटीकुटिलं मुखम् निरीक्ष्य कस् त्रिभुवने मम यो न गतो भयम्
jvalajjaṭākalāpasyajvalajjaṭākalāpasya (ज्वलज्जटाकलापस्य)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” bhṛkuṭīkuṭilaṃbhṛkuṭīkuṭilaṃ (भृकुटीकुटिलं)The core matches the root bhṛ, “to bear.” mukhammukham (मुखम्)mukha: mouth, face, forefront. nirīkṣyanirīkṣya (निरीक्ष्य)The core matches the root īkṣ, “to see, to look.” nir- (“out, without”) + īkṣya. kaskas (कस्)Nominative of kim: “who?” Interrogative stem ka-. tribhuvanetribhuvane (त्रिभुवने)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” mamamama (मम)Genitive of asmad: “of me, my.” yoyo (यो)yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nana (न)Negation: “not.” gatogato (गतो)Inflected from gata. From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes. bhayambhayam (भयम्)From bhī, “to fear.” Fear.
[1.9.23] mouth who my not going fear
Word make-up
- jvalajjaṭākalāpasya (ज्वलज्जटाकलापस्य)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- bhṛkuṭīkuṭilaṃ (भृकुटीकुटिलं)
- The core matches the root bhṛ, “to bear.”
- mukham (मुखम्)
- mouth
- mukha: mouth, face, forefront.
- nirīkṣya (निरीक्ष्य)
- The core matches the root īkṣ, “to see, to look.” nir- (“out, without”) + īkṣya.
- kas (कस्)
- who
- Nominative of kim: “who?” Interrogative stem ka-.
- tribhuvane (त्रिभुवने)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.”
- mama (मम)
- my
- Genitive of asmad: “of me, my.”
- yo (यो)
- yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- gato (गतो)
- going
- Inflected from gata. From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes.
- bhayam (भयम्)
- fear
- From bhī, “to fear.” Fear.
नाहं क्षमिष्ये बहुना किम् उक्तेन शतक्रतो विडम्बनाम् इमां भूयः करोष्य् अनुनयात्मिकाम्
nāhaṃnāhaṃ (नाहं)nāhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kṣamiṣyekṣamiṣye (क्षमिष्ये)The core matches the root kṣam, “to endure.” bahunābahunā (बहुना)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” kimkim (किम्)Neuter interrogative: “what? why?” uktenauktena (उक्तेन)Inflected from ukta. Past participle of vac: said. śatakratośatakrato (शतक्रतो)śatakrato is used as a grammatical form in this verse. viḍambanāmviḍambanām (विडम्बनाम्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ḍambanām. imāṃimāṃ (इमां)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” bhūyaḥbhūyaḥ (भूयः)Comparative of bahu / from bhū: “more, again.” karoṣykaroṣy (करोष्य्)karoṣy is used as a grammatical form in this verse. anunayātmikāmanunayātmikām (अनुनयात्मिकाम्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” anu- (“along, after”) + nayātmikām.
[1.9.24] what said again
Word make-up
- nāhaṃ (नाहं)
- nāhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kṣamiṣye (क्षमिष्ये)
- The core matches the root kṣam, “to endure.”
- bahunā (बहुना)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.”
- kim (किम्)
- what
- Neuter interrogative: “what? why?”
- uktena (उक्तेन)
- said
- Inflected from ukta. Past participle of vac: said.
- śatakrato (शतक्रतो)
- śatakrato is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- viḍambanām (विडम्बनाम्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ḍambanām.
- imāṃ (इमां)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- bhūyaḥ (भूयः)
- again
- Comparative of bahu / from bhū: “more, again.”
- karoṣy (करोष्य्)
- karoṣy is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- anunayātmikām (अनुनयात्मिकाम्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” anu- (“along, after”) + nayātmikām.
इत्य् उक्त्वा प्रययौ विप्रो देवराजो ऽपि तं पुनः आरुह्यैरावतं ब्रह्मन् प्रययाव् अमरावतीम्
ityity (इत्य्)ity is used as a grammatical form in this verse. uktvāuktvā (उक्त्वा)Gerund of vac: “having said.” prayayauprayayau (प्रययौ)pra- (“forth, forward”) + yayau. viprovipro (विप्रो)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pro. devarājodevarājo (देवराजो)The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.” 'pi'pi (ऽपि)'pi is used as a grammatical form in this verse. taṃtaṃ (तं)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.” punaḥpunaḥ (पुनः)Adverb: “again, back.” āruhyairāvataṃāruhyairāvataṃ (आरुह्यैरावतं)ā- (“unto, fully”) + ruhyairāvataṃ. brahmanbrahman (ब्रह्मन्)Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class. prayayāvprayayāv (प्रययाव्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + yayāv. amarāvatīmamarāvatīm (अमरावतीम्)a- (“not”) + marāvatīm.
[1.9.25] having said pra- (“forth, forward”) + yayau vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pro him again ā- (“unto, fully”) + ruhyairāvataṃ that-which-is-vast (brahman) a- (“not”) + marāvatīm
Word make-up
- ity (इत्य्)
- ity is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- uktvā (उक्त्वा)
- having said
- Gerund of vac: “having said.”
- prayayau (प्रययौ)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + yayau
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + yayau.
- vipro (विप्रो)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pro
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pro.
- devarājo (देवराजो)
- The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.”
- 'pi (ऽपि)
- 'pi is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- taṃ (तं)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
- punaḥ (पुनः)
- again
- Adverb: “again, back.”
- āruhyairāvataṃ (आरुह्यैरावतं)
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + ruhyairāvataṃ
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + ruhyairāvataṃ.
- brahman (ब्रह्मन्)
- that-which-is-vast (brahman)
- Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class.
- prayayāv (प्रययाव्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + yayāv.
- amarāvatīm (अमरावतीम्)
- a- (“not”) + marāvatīm
- a- (“not”) + marāvatīm.
ततःप्रभृति निःश्रीकं सशक्रं भुवनत्रयम् मैत्रेयासीद् अपध्वस्तं संक्षीणौषधिवीरुधम्
tataḥprabhṛtitataḥprabhṛti (ततःप्रभृति)The core matches the root bhṛ, “to bear.” niḥśrīkaṃniḥśrīkaṃ (निःश्रीकं)ni- (“down, in”) + ḥśrīkaṃ. saśakraṃsaśakraṃ (सशक्रं)The core matches the root śak, “to be able.” bhuvanatrayambhuvanatrayam (भुवनत्रयम्)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” maitreyāsīdmaitreyāsīd (मैत्रेयासीद्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” apadhvastaṃapadhvastaṃ (अपध्वस्तं)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” apa- (“away”) + dhvastaṃ. saṃkṣīṇauṣadhivīrudhamsaṃkṣīṇauṣadhivīrudham (संक्षीणौषधिवीरुधम्)saṃ- (“together”) + kṣīṇauṣadhivīrudham.
[1.9.26] ni- (“down, in”) + ḥśrīkaṃ saṃ- (“together”) + kṣīṇauṣadhivīrudham
Word make-up
- tataḥprabhṛti (ततःप्रभृति)
- The core matches the root bhṛ, “to bear.”
- niḥśrīkaṃ (निःश्रीकं)
- ni- (“down, in”) + ḥśrīkaṃ
- ni- (“down, in”) + ḥśrīkaṃ.
- saśakraṃ (सशक्रं)
- The core matches the root śak, “to be able.”
- bhuvanatrayam (भुवनत्रयम्)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.”
- maitreyāsīd (मैत्रेयासीद्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- apadhvastaṃ (अपध्वस्तं)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” apa- (“away”) + dhvastaṃ.
- saṃkṣīṇauṣadhivīrudham (संक्षीणौषधिवीरुधम्)
- saṃ- (“together”) + kṣīṇauṣadhivīrudham
- saṃ- (“together”) + kṣīṇauṣadhivīrudham.
न यज्ञाः संप्रवर्तन्ते न तपस्यन्ति तापसाः न च दानादिधर्मेषु मनश् चक्रे तदा जनः
nana (न)Negation: “not.” yajñāḥyajñāḥ (यज्ञाः)From yaj, “to offer.” The offering. saṃpravartantesaṃpravartante (संप्रवर्तन्ते)The core matches the root tan, “to stretch.” saṃ- (“together”) + pravartante. nana (न)Negation: “not.” tapasyantitapasyanti (तपस्यन्ति)The core matches the root tap, “to heat.” tāpasāḥtāpasāḥ (तापसाः)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” dānādidharmeṣudānādidharmeṣu (दानादिधर्मेषु)The core matches the root dā, “to give.” manaśmanaś (मनश्)The core matches the root naś, “to perish.” cakrecakre (चक्रे)cakre is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” janaḥjanaḥ (जनः)The core matches the root jan, “to be born.”
[1.9.27] not offering not not and then
Word make-up
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- yajñāḥ (यज्ञाः)
- offering
- From yaj, “to offer.” The offering.
- saṃpravartante (संप्रवर्तन्ते)
- The core matches the root tan, “to stretch.” saṃ- (“together”) + pravartante.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- tapasyanti (तपस्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root tap, “to heat.”
- tāpasāḥ (तापसाः)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- dānādidharmeṣu (दानादिधर्मेषु)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
- manaś (मनश्)
- The core matches the root naś, “to perish.”
- cakre (चक्रे)
- cakre is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- janaḥ (जनः)
- The core matches the root jan, “to be born.”
निःसत्त्वाः सकला लोका लोभाद्युपहतेन्द्रियाः स्वल्पे ऽपि हि बभूवुस् ते साभिलाषा द्विजोत्तम
niḥsattvāḥniḥsattvāḥ (निःसत्त्वाः)ni- (“down, in”) + ḥsattvāḥ. sakalāsakalā (सकला)sakalā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. lokālokā (लोका)From lok, “to see”: a seen-world. lobhādyupahatendriyāḥlobhādyupahatendriyāḥ (लोभाद्युपहतेन्द्रियाः)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” svalpesvalpe (स्वल्पे)svalpe is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'pi'pi (ऽपि)'pi is used as a grammatical form in this verse. hihi (हि)Particle: “for, because, indeed” — marks a reason or emphasis. babhūvusbabhūvus (बभूवुस्)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. sābhilāṣāsābhilāṣā (साभिलाषा)sābhilāṣā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dvijottamadvijottama (द्विजोत्तम)dvi-ja “twice-born.” dvija-uttama: upmost of the twice-born.
[1.9.28] ni- (“down, in”) + ḥsattvāḥ world for you twice-born
Word make-up
- niḥsattvāḥ (निःसत्त्वाः)
- ni- (“down, in”) + ḥsattvāḥ
- ni- (“down, in”) + ḥsattvāḥ.
- sakalā (सकला)
- sakalā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- lokā (लोका)
- world
- From lok, “to see”: a seen-world.
- lobhādyupahatendriyāḥ (लोभाद्युपहतेन्द्रियाः)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- svalpe (स्वल्पे)
- svalpe is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'pi (ऽपि)
- 'pi is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- hi (हि)
- for
- Particle: “for, because, indeed” — marks a reason or emphasis.
- babhūvus (बभूवुस्)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- sābhilāṣā (साभिलाषा)
- sābhilāṣā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dvijottama (द्विजोत्तम)
- twice-born
- dvi-ja “twice-born.” dvija-uttama: upmost of the twice-born.
यतः सत्त्वं ततो लक्ष्मीः सत्त्वं भूत्यनुसारि च निःश्रीकाणां कुतः सत्त्वं विना तेन गुणाः कुतः
yataḥyataḥ (यतः)Inflected from yat. Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. sattvaṃsattvaṃ (सत्त्वं)sat (“being,” from as “to be”) + -tva (abstract). Being-ness; the strand of lucidity and being-true. tatotato (ततो)Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. lakṣmīḥlakṣmīḥ (लक्ष्मीः)lakṣmīḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sattvaṃsattvaṃ (सत्त्वं)sat (“being,” from as “to be”) + -tva (abstract). Being-ness; the strand of lucidity and being-true. bhūtyanusāribhūtyanusāri (भूत्यनुसारि)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” niḥśrīkāṇāṃniḥśrīkāṇāṃ (निःश्रीकाणां)ni- (“down, in”) + ḥśrīkāṇāṃ. kutaḥkutaḥ (कुतः)From ku- + tas: “from where? why?” sattvaṃsattvaṃ (सत्त्वं)sat (“being,” from as “to be”) + -tva (abstract). Being-ness; the strand of lucidity and being-true. vināvinā (विना)Indeclinable: “without.” tenatena (तेन)Instrumental of tad: “by that.” guṇāḥguṇāḥ (गुणाः)guṇa: strand, constituent thread of experience. kutaḥkutaḥ (कुतः)From ku- + tas: “from where? why?”
[1.9.29] which being-ness that being-ness and ni- (“down, in”) + ḥśrīkāṇāṃ from where being-ness without by that strands from where
Word make-up
- yataḥ (यतः)
- which
- Inflected from yat. Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- sattvaṃ (सत्त्वं)
- being-ness
- sat (“being,” from as “to be”) + -tva (abstract). Being-ness; the strand of lucidity and being-true.
- tato (ततो)
- that
- Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- lakṣmīḥ (लक्ष्मीः)
- lakṣmīḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sattvaṃ (सत्त्वं)
- being-ness
- sat (“being,” from as “to be”) + -tva (abstract). Being-ness; the strand of lucidity and being-true.
- bhūtyanusāri (भूत्यनुसारि)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- niḥśrīkāṇāṃ (निःश्रीकाणां)
- ni- (“down, in”) + ḥśrīkāṇāṃ
- ni- (“down, in”) + ḥśrīkāṇāṃ.
- kutaḥ (कुतः)
- from where
- From ku- + tas: “from where? why?”
- sattvaṃ (सत्त्वं)
- being-ness
- sat (“being,” from as “to be”) + -tva (abstract). Being-ness; the strand of lucidity and being-true.
- vinā (विना)
- without
- Indeclinable: “without.”
- tena (तेन)
- by that
- Instrumental of tad: “by that.”
- guṇāḥ (गुणाः)
- strands
- guṇa: strand, constituent thread of experience.
- kutaḥ (कुतः)
- from where
- From ku- + tas: “from where? why?”
बलशौर्याद्यभावश् च पुरुषाणां गुणैर् विना लङ्घनीयः समस्तस्य बलशौर्यविवर्जितः भवत्य् अपध्वस्तमतिर् लङ्घितः प्रथितः पुमान्
balaśauryādyabhāvaśbalaśauryādyabhāvaś (बलशौर्याद्यभावश्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” puruṣāṇāṃpuruṣāṇāṃ (पुरुषाणां)puruṣāṇāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. guṇairguṇair (गुणैर्)guṇair is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vināvinā (विना)Indeclinable: “without.” laṅghanīyaḥlaṅghanīyaḥ (लङ्घनीयः)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” samastasyasamastasya (समस्तस्य)The core matches the root as, “to be.” sam- (“together”) + astasya. balaśauryavivarjitaḥbalaśauryavivarjitaḥ (बलशौर्यविवर्जितः)The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.” bhavatybhavaty (भवत्य्)bhavaty is used as a grammatical form in this verse. apadhvastamatirapadhvastamatir (अपध्वस्तमतिर्)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” apa- (“away”) + dhvastamatir. laṅghitaḥlaṅghitaḥ (लङ्घितः)laṅghitaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. prathitaḥprathitaḥ (प्रथितः)pra- (“forth, forward”) + thitaḥ. pumānpumān (पुमान्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
[1.9.30] and without pra- (“forth, forward”) + thitaḥ
Word make-up
- balaśauryādyabhāvaś (बलशौर्याद्यभावश्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- puruṣāṇāṃ (पुरुषाणां)
- puruṣāṇāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- guṇair (गुणैर्)
- guṇair is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vinā (विना)
- without
- Indeclinable: “without.”
- laṅghanīyaḥ (लङ्घनीयः)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
- samastasya (समस्तस्य)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” sam- (“together”) + astasya.
- balaśauryavivarjitaḥ (बलशौर्यविवर्जितः)
- The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.”
- bhavaty (भवत्य्)
- bhavaty is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- apadhvastamatir (अपध्वस्तमतिर्)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” apa- (“away”) + dhvastamatir.
- laṅghitaḥ (लङ्घितः)
- laṅghitaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- prathitaḥ (प्रथितः)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + thitaḥ
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + thitaḥ.
- pumān (पुमान्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
एवम् अत्यन्तनिःश्रीके त्रैलोक्ये सत्त्ववर्जिते देवान् प्रति बलोद्योगं चक्रुर् दैतेयदानवाः
evamevam (एवम्)Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” atyantaniḥśrīkeatyantaniḥśrīke (अत्यन्तनिःश्रीके)The core matches the root tan, “to stretch.” a- (“not”) + tyantaniḥśrīke. trailokyetrailokye (त्रैलोक्ये)The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.” sattvavarjitesattvavarjite (सत्त्ववर्जिते)The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.” devāndevān (देवान्)From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” pratiprati (प्रति)prati is used as a grammatical form in this verse. balodyogaṃbalodyogaṃ (बलोद्योगं)balodyogaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. cakrurcakrur (चक्रुर्)cakrur is used as a grammatical form in this verse. daiteyadānavāḥdaiteyadānavāḥ (दैतेयदानवाः)The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
[1.9.31] just shining one
Word make-up
- evam (एवम्)
- just
- Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- atyantaniḥśrīke (अत्यन्तनिःश्रीके)
- The core matches the root tan, “to stretch.” a- (“not”) + tyantaniḥśrīke.
- trailokye (त्रैलोक्ये)
- The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.”
- sattvavarjite (सत्त्ववर्जिते)
- The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.”
- devān (देवान्)
- shining one
- From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- prati (प्रति)
- prati is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- balodyogaṃ (बलोद्योगं)
- balodyogaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- cakrur (चक्रुर्)
- cakrur is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- daiteyadānavāḥ (दैतेयदानवाः)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
लोभाभिभूता निःश्रीका दैत्याः सत्त्वविवर्जिताः श्रिया विहीनैर् निःसत्त्वैर् देवैश् चक्रुस् ततो रणम्
lobhābhibhūtālobhābhibhūtā (लोभाभिभूता)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” niḥśrīkāniḥśrīkā (निःश्रीका)ni- (“down, in”) + ḥśrīkā. daityāḥdaityāḥ (दैत्याः)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” sattvavivarjitāḥsattvavivarjitāḥ (सत्त्वविवर्जिताः)The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.” śriyāśriyā (श्रिया)The core matches the root śri, “to lean.” vihīnairvihīnair (विहीनैर्)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + hīnair. niḥsattvairniḥsattvair (निःसत्त्वैर्)ni- (“down, in”) + ḥsattvair. devaiśdevaiś (देवैश्)devaiś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. cakruscakrus (चक्रुस्)cakrus is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tatotato (ततो)Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. raṇamraṇam (रणम्)raṇam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.32] ni- (“down, in”) + ḥśrīkā vi- (“apart, asunder”) + hīnair ni- (“down, in”) + ḥsattvair that
Word make-up
- lobhābhibhūtā (लोभाभिभूता)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- niḥśrīkā (निःश्रीका)
- ni- (“down, in”) + ḥśrīkā
- ni- (“down, in”) + ḥśrīkā.
- daityāḥ (दैत्याः)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- sattvavivarjitāḥ (सत्त्वविवर्जिताः)
- The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.”
- śriyā (श्रिया)
- The core matches the root śri, “to lean.”
- vihīnair (विहीनैर्)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + hīnair
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + hīnair.
- niḥsattvair (निःसत्त्वैर्)
- ni- (“down, in”) + ḥsattvair
- ni- (“down, in”) + ḥsattvair.
- devaiś (देवैश्)
- devaiś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- cakrus (चक्रुस्)
- cakrus is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tato (ततो)
- that
- Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- raṇam (रणम्)
- raṇam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
विजितास् त्रिदशा दैत्यैर् इन्द्राद्याः शरणं ययुः पितामहं महाभागं हुताशनपुरोगमाः
vijitāsvijitās (विजितास्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + jitās. tridaśātridaśā (त्रिदशा)tridaśā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. daityairdaityair (दैत्यैर्)daityair is used as a grammatical form in this verse. indrādyāḥindrādyāḥ (इन्द्राद्याः)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” śaraṇaṃśaraṇaṃ (शरणं)śaraṇa: shelter, from śṛ “to break” (a broken-place as refuge) or śri. Refuge as a shelter. yayuḥyayuḥ (ययुः)yayuḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pitāmahaṃpitāmahaṃ (पितामहं)pitāmahaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mahābhāgaṃmahābhāgaṃ (महाभागं)mahābhāgaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. hutāśanapurogamāḥhutāśanapurogamāḥ (हुताशनपुरोगमाः)The core matches the root gam, “to go.”
[1.9.33] shelter
Word make-up
- vijitās (विजितास्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + jitās.
- tridaśā (त्रिदशा)
- tridaśā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- daityair (दैत्यैर्)
- daityair is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- indrādyāḥ (इन्द्राद्याः)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- śaraṇaṃ (शरणं)
- shelter
- śaraṇa: shelter, from śṛ “to break” (a broken-place as refuge) or śri. Refuge as a shelter.
- yayuḥ (ययुः)
- yayuḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pitāmahaṃ (पितामहं)
- pitāmahaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mahābhāgaṃ (महाभागं)
- mahābhāgaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- hutāśanapurogamāḥ (हुताशनपुरोगमाः)
- The core matches the root gam, “to go.”
यथावत् कथितो देवैर् ब्रह्मा प्राह ततः सुरान् परावरेशं शरणं व्रजध्वम् असुरार्दनम्
yathāvatyathāvat (यथावत्)yathāvat is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kathitokathito (कथितो)kathito is used as a grammatical form in this verse. devairdevair (देवैर्)devair is used as a grammatical form in this verse. brahmābrahmā (ब्रह्मा)Masculine of brahman: Brahmā, the creator god, “the swelling/vast one” as a person. Not the neuter brahma. prāhaprāha (प्राह)pra-vac, “to speak forth.” Spoken forth; he has said forth. tataḥtataḥ (ततः)From tad + tas: “from that, then.” surānsurān (सुरान्)Inflected from sura. sura: a shining one, a god. Parallel to deva (div, “to shine”). parāvareśaṃparāvareśaṃ (परावरेशं)parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + vareśaṃ. śaraṇaṃśaraṇaṃ (शरणं)śaraṇa: shelter, from śṛ “to break” (a broken-place as refuge) or śri. Refuge as a shelter. vrajadhvamvrajadhvam (व्रजध्वम्)vrajadhvam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. asurārdanamasurārdanam (असुरार्दनम्)The core matches the root nam, “to bow.” a- (“not”) + surārdanam.
[1.9.34] Not the neuter brahma spoken forth then shining one parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + vareśaṃ shelter
Word make-up
- yathāvat (यथावत्)
- yathāvat is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kathito (कथितो)
- kathito is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- devair (देवैर्)
- devair is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- brahmā (ब्रह्मा)
- Not the neuter brahma
- Masculine of brahman: Brahmā, the creator god, “the swelling/vast one” as a person. Not the neuter brahma.
- prāha (प्राह)
- spoken forth
- pra-vac, “to speak forth.” Spoken forth; he has said forth.
- tataḥ (ततः)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
- surān (सुरान्)
- shining one
- Inflected from sura. sura: a shining one, a god. Parallel to deva (div, “to shine”).
- parāvareśaṃ (परावरेशं)
- parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + vareśaṃ
- parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + vareśaṃ.
- śaraṇaṃ (शरणं)
- shelter
- śaraṇa: shelter, from śṛ “to break” (a broken-place as refuge) or śri. Refuge as a shelter.
- vrajadhvam (व्रजध्वम्)
- vrajadhvam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- asurārdanam (असुरार्दनम्)
- The core matches the root nam, “to bow.” a- (“not”) + surārdanam.
उत्पत्तिस्थितिनाशानाम् अहेतुं हेतुम् ईश्वरम् प्रजापतिपतिं विष्णुम् अनन्तम् अपराजितम्
utpattisthitināśānāmutpattisthitināśānām (उत्पत्तिस्थितिनाशानाम्)The core matches the root pat, “to fall.” ut- (“up, out”) + pattisthitināśānām. ahetuṃahetuṃ (अहेतुं)a- (“not”) + hetuṃ. hetumhetum (हेतुम्)hetum is used as a grammatical form in this verse. īśvaramīśvaram (ईश्वरम्)From īś, “to own, to be able, to rule” + vara (“choice, capable”). The capable ruler; the owner. prajāpatipatiṃprajāpatipatiṃ (प्रजापतिपतिं)The core matches the root pat, “to fall.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + jāpatipatiṃ. viṣṇumviṣṇum (विष्णुम्)Inflected from viṣṇu. From viṣ, “to be active, to pervade.” The pervading one. anantamanantam (अनन्तम्)Inflected from ananta. a- + anta: without end. aparājitamaparājitam (अपराजितम्)The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.” apa- (“away”) + rājitam.
[1.9.35] a- (“not”) + hetuṃ the capable ruler The pervading one without end
Word make-up
- utpattisthitināśānām (उत्पत्तिस्थितिनाशानाम्)
- The core matches the root pat, “to fall.” ut- (“up, out”) + pattisthitināśānām.
- ahetuṃ (अहेतुं)
- a- (“not”) + hetuṃ
- a- (“not”) + hetuṃ.
- hetum (हेतुम्)
- hetum is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- īśvaram (ईश्वरम्)
- the capable ruler
- From īś, “to own, to be able, to rule” + vara (“choice, capable”). The capable ruler; the owner.
- prajāpatipatiṃ (प्रजापतिपतिं)
- The core matches the root pat, “to fall.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + jāpatipatiṃ.
- viṣṇum (विष्णुम्)
- The pervading one
- Inflected from viṣṇu. From viṣ, “to be active, to pervade.” The pervading one.
- anantam (अनन्तम्)
- without end
- Inflected from ananta. a- + anta: without end.
- aparājitam (अपराजितम्)
- The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.” apa- (“away”) + rājitam.
प्रधानपुंसोर् अजयोः कारणं कार्यभूतयोः प्रणतार्तिहरं विष्णुं स वः श्रेयो विधास्यति
pradhānapuṃsorpradhānapuṃsor (प्रधानपुंसोर्)The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + dhānapuṃsor. ajayoḥajayoḥ (अजयोः)a- (“not”) + jayoḥ. kāraṇaṃkāraṇaṃ (कारणं)From kṛ: the causing; a cause as that which makes. kāryabhūtayoḥkāryabhūtayoḥ (कार्यभूतयोः)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” praṇatārtiharaṃpraṇatārtiharaṃ (प्रणतार्तिहरं)pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇatārtiharaṃ. viṣṇuṃviṣṇuṃ (विष्णुं)Inflected from viṣṇu. From viṣ, “to be active, to pervade.” The pervading one. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” vaḥvaḥ (वः)vaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śreyośreyo (श्रेयो)Inflected from śreya. Comparative of śrī / śrī- related “better, more splendid.” The better; what is more excellent. vidhāsyatividhāsyati (विधास्यति)The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + dhāsyati.
[1.9.36] a- (“not”) + jayoḥ the causing pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇatārtiharaṃ The pervading one he the better
Word make-up
- pradhānapuṃsor (प्रधानपुंसोर्)
- The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + dhānapuṃsor.
- ajayoḥ (अजयोः)
- a- (“not”) + jayoḥ
- a- (“not”) + jayoḥ.
- kāraṇaṃ (कारणं)
- the causing
- From kṛ: the causing; a cause as that which makes.
- kāryabhūtayoḥ (कार्यभूतयोः)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- praṇatārtiharaṃ (प्रणतार्तिहरं)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇatārtiharaṃ
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇatārtiharaṃ.
- viṣṇuṃ (विष्णुं)
- The pervading one
- Inflected from viṣṇu. From viṣ, “to be active, to pervade.” The pervading one.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- vaḥ (वः)
- vaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śreyo (श्रेयो)
- the better
- Inflected from śreya. Comparative of śrī / śrī- related “better, more splendid.” The better; what is more excellent.
- vidhāsyati (विधास्यति)
- The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + dhāsyati.
एवम् उक्त्वा सुरान् सर्वान् ब्रह्मा लोकपितामहः क्षीरोदस्योत्तरं तीरं तैर् एव सहितो ययौ
evamevam (एवम्)Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” uktvāuktvā (उक्त्वा)Gerund of vac: “having said.” surānsurān (सुरान्)Inflected from sura. sura: a shining one, a god. Parallel to deva (div, “to shine”). sarvānsarvān (सर्वान्)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. brahmābrahmā (ब्रह्मा)Masculine of brahman: Brahmā, the creator god, “the swelling/vast one” as a person. Not the neuter brahma. lokapitāmahaḥlokapitāmahaḥ (लोकपितामहः)The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.” kṣīrodasyottaraṃkṣīrodasyottaraṃ (क्षीरोदस्योत्तरं)The core matches the root as, “to be.” tīraṃtīraṃ (तीरं)tīraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tairtair (तैर्)tair is used as a grammatical form in this verse. evaeva (एव)Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” sahitosahito (सहितो)sahito is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yayauyayau (ययौ)yayau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.37] just having said shining one all Not the neuter brahma just
Word make-up
- evam (एवम्)
- just
- Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- uktvā (उक्त्वा)
- having said
- Gerund of vac: “having said.”
- surān (सुरान्)
- shining one
- Inflected from sura. sura: a shining one, a god. Parallel to deva (div, “to shine”).
- sarvān (सर्वान्)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- brahmā (ब्रह्मा)
- Not the neuter brahma
- Masculine of brahman: Brahmā, the creator god, “the swelling/vast one” as a person. Not the neuter brahma.
- lokapitāmahaḥ (लोकपितामहः)
- The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.”
- kṣīrodasyottaraṃ (क्षीरोदस्योत्तरं)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- tīraṃ (तीरं)
- tīraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tair (तैर्)
- tair is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- eva (एव)
- just
- Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- sahito (सहितो)
- sahito is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yayau (ययौ)
- yayau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
स गत्वा त्रिदशैः सर्वैः समवेतः पितामहः तुष्टाव वाग्भिर् इष्टाभिः परावरपतिं हरिम्
sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” gatvāgatvā (गत्वा)From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes. tridaśaiḥtridaśaiḥ (त्रिदशैः)tridaśaiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sarvaiḥsarvaiḥ (सर्वैः)Inflected from sarva. sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. samavetaḥsamavetaḥ (समवेतः)sam- (“together”) + avetaḥ. pitāmahaḥpitāmahaḥ (पितामहः)pitāmahaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tuṣṭāvatuṣṭāva (तुष्टाव)tuṣṭāva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vāgbhirvāgbhir (वाग्भिर्)vāgbhir is used as a grammatical form in this verse. iṣṭābhiḥiṣṭābhiḥ (इष्टाभिः)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” parāvarapatiṃparāvarapatiṃ (परावरपतिं)The core matches the root pat, “to fall.” parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + varapatiṃ. harimharim (हरिम्)harim is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.38] he going all sam- (“together”) + avetaḥ
Word make-up
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- gatvā (गत्वा)
- going
- From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes.
- tridaśaiḥ (त्रिदशैः)
- tridaśaiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sarvaiḥ (सर्वैः)
- all
- Inflected from sarva. sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- samavetaḥ (समवेतः)
- sam- (“together”) + avetaḥ
- sam- (“together”) + avetaḥ.
- pitāmahaḥ (पितामहः)
- pitāmahaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tuṣṭāva (तुष्टाव)
- tuṣṭāva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vāgbhir (वाग्भिर्)
- vāgbhir is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- iṣṭābhiḥ (इष्टाभिः)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- parāvarapatiṃ (परावरपतिं)
- The core matches the root pat, “to fall.” parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + varapatiṃ.
- harim (हरिम्)
- harim is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
नमामि सर्वं सर्वेशम् अनन्तम् अजम् अव्ययम् लोकधामधराधारम् अप्रकाशम् अभेदिनम्
namāminamāmi (नमामि)Present of nam, “to bow.” I bow. sarvaṃsarvaṃ (सर्वं)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. sarveśamsarveśam (सर्वेशम्)The core matches the root śam, “to be calm.” anantamanantam (अनन्तम्)Inflected from ananta. a- + anta: without end. ajamajam (अजम्)a- (“not”) joined to jam. From jan, “to be born.” Born from; produced. Together the form means a + that sense. avyayamavyayam (अव्ययम्)a- (“not”) + vyaya (vi-i, “to go apart, to spend”). Not going-apart; unexpended. lokadhāmadharādhāramlokadhāmadharādhāram (लोकधामधराधारम्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” aprakāśamaprakāśam (अप्रकाशम्)The core matches the root śam, “to be calm.” a- (“not”) + prakāśam. abhedinamabhedinam (अभेदिनम्)The core matches the root nam, “to bow.” a- (“not”) + bhedinam.
[1.9.39] I bow all without end not born from not-going-apart
Word make-up
- namāmi (नमामि)
- I bow
- Present of nam, “to bow.” I bow.
- sarvaṃ (सर्वं)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- sarveśam (सर्वेशम्)
- The core matches the root śam, “to be calm.”
- anantam (अनन्तम्)
- without end
- Inflected from ananta. a- + anta: without end.
- ajam (अजम्)
- not born from
- a- (“not”) joined to jam. From jan, “to be born.” Born from; produced. Together the form means a + that sense.
- avyayam (अव्ययम्)
- not-going-apart
- a- (“not”) + vyaya (vi-i, “to go apart, to spend”). Not going-apart; unexpended.
- lokadhāmadharādhāram (लोकधामधराधारम्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- aprakāśam (अप्रकाशम्)
- The core matches the root śam, “to be calm.” a- (“not”) + prakāśam.
- abhedinam (अभेदिनम्)
- The core matches the root nam, “to bow.” a- (“not”) + bhedinam.
नारायणम् अणीयांसम् अशेषाणाम् अणीयसाम् समस्तानां गरिष्ठं च भूरादीनां गरीयसाम्
nārāyaṇamnārāyaṇam (नारायणम्)nārāyaṇam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. aṇīyāṃsamaṇīyāṃsam (अणीयांसम्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” a- (“not”) + ṇīyāṃsam. aśeṣāṇāmaśeṣāṇām (अशेषाणाम्)a- (“not”) + śeṣāṇām. aṇīyasāmaṇīyasām (अणीयसाम्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + ṇīyasām. samastānāṃsamastānāṃ (समस्तानां)The core matches the root as, “to be.” sam- (“together”) + astānāṃ. gariṣṭhaṃgariṣṭhaṃ (गरिष्ठं)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” bhūrādīnāṃbhūrādīnāṃ (भूरादीनां)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” garīyasāmgarīyasām (गरीयसाम्)The core matches the root as, “to be.”
[1.9.40] a- (“not”) + śeṣāṇām and
Word make-up
- nārāyaṇam (नारायणम्)
- nārāyaṇam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- aṇīyāṃsam (अणीयांसम्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” a- (“not”) + ṇīyāṃsam.
- aśeṣāṇām (अशेषाणाम्)
- a- (“not”) + śeṣāṇām
- a- (“not”) + śeṣāṇām.
- aṇīyasām (अणीयसाम्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + ṇīyasām.
- samastānāṃ (समस्तानां)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” sam- (“together”) + astānāṃ.
- gariṣṭhaṃ (गरिष्ठं)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- bhūrādīnāṃ (भूरादीनां)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- garīyasām (गरीयसाम्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
यत्र सर्वं यतः सर्वम् उत्पन्नं मत्पुरःसरम् सर्वभूतश् च यो देवः पराणाम् अपि यः परः
yatrayatra (यत्र)ya- + tra: “in which place, where.” sarvaṃsarvaṃ (सर्वं)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. yataḥyataḥ (यतः)Inflected from yat. Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. sarvamsarvam (सर्वम्)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. utpannaṃutpannaṃ (उत्पन्नं)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” ut- (“up, out”) + pannaṃ. matpuraḥsarammatpuraḥsaram (मत्पुरःसरम्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” sarvabhūtaśsarvabhūtaś (सर्वभूतश्)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” yoyo (यो)yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. devaḥdevaḥ (देवः)From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” parāṇāmparāṇām (पराणाम्)parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + ṇām. apiapi (अपि)Particle: “also, even, though.” yaḥyaḥ (यः)Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.” paraḥparaḥ (परः)para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.”
[1.9.41] where all which all and shining one parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + ṇām also who beyond
Word make-up
- yatra (यत्र)
- where
- ya- + tra: “in which place, where.”
- sarvaṃ (सर्वं)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- yataḥ (यतः)
- which
- Inflected from yat. Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- sarvam (सर्वम्)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- utpannaṃ (उत्पन्नं)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” ut- (“up, out”) + pannaṃ.
- matpuraḥsaram (मत्पुरःसरम्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- sarvabhūtaś (सर्वभूतश्)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- yo (यो)
- yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- devaḥ (देवः)
- shining one
- From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- parāṇām (पराणाम्)
- parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + ṇām
- parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + ṇām.
- api (अपि)
- also
- Particle: “also, even, though.”
- yaḥ (यः)
- who
- Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.”
- paraḥ (परः)
- beyond
- para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.”
परः परस्मात् पुरुषात् परमात्मस्वरूपधृक् योगिभिश् चिन्त्यते यो ऽसौ मुक्तिहेतोर् मुमुक्षुभिः
paraḥparaḥ (परः)para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.” parasmātparasmāt (परस्मात्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” puruṣātpuruṣāt (पुरुषात्)puruṣāt is used as a grammatical form in this verse. paramātmasvarūpadhṛkparamātmasvarūpadhṛk (परमात्मस्वरूपधृक्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” yogibhiśyogibhiś (योगिभिश्)yogibhiś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. cintyatecintyate (चिन्त्यते)The core matches the root cint, “to think.” yoyo (यो)yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'sau'sau (ऽसौ)'sau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. muktihetormuktihetor (मुक्तिहेतोर्)muktihetor is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mumukṣubhiḥmumukṣubhiḥ (मुमुक्षुभिः)mumukṣubhiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.42] beyond
Word make-up
- paraḥ (परः)
- beyond
- para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.”
- parasmāt (परस्मात्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- puruṣāt (पुरुषात्)
- puruṣāt is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- paramātmasvarūpadhṛk (परमात्मस्वरूपधृक्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- yogibhiś (योगिभिश्)
- yogibhiś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- cintyate (चिन्त्यते)
- The core matches the root cint, “to think.”
- yo (यो)
- yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'sau (ऽसौ)
- 'sau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- muktihetor (मुक्तिहेतोर्)
- muktihetor is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mumukṣubhiḥ (मुमुक्षुभिः)
- mumukṣubhiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
सत्त्वादयो न सन्तीशे यत्र च प्राकृता गुणाः स शुद्धः सर्वशुद्धेभ्यः पुमान् आद्यः प्रसीदतु
sattvādayosattvādayo (सत्त्वादयो)sattvādayo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nana (न)Negation: “not.” santīśesantīśe (सन्तीशे)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” yatrayatra (यत्र)ya- + tra: “in which place, where.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” prākṛtāprākṛtā (प्राकृता)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” guṇāḥguṇāḥ (गुणाः)guṇa: strand, constituent thread of experience. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” śuddhaḥśuddhaḥ (शुद्धः)śuddhaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sarvaśuddhebhyaḥsarvaśuddhebhyaḥ (सर्वशुद्धेभ्यः)sarvaśuddhebhyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pumānpumān (पुमान्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” ādyaḥādyaḥ (आद्यः)ā- (“unto, fully”) + dyaḥ. prasīdatuprasīdatu (प्रसीदतु)The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sīdatu.
[1.9.43] not where and strands he ā- (“unto, fully”) + dyaḥ
Word make-up
- sattvādayo (सत्त्वादयो)
- sattvādayo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- santīśe (सन्तीशे)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- yatra (यत्र)
- where
- ya- + tra: “in which place, where.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- prākṛtā (प्राकृता)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
- guṇāḥ (गुणाः)
- strands
- guṇa: strand, constituent thread of experience.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- śuddhaḥ (शुद्धः)
- śuddhaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sarvaśuddhebhyaḥ (सर्वशुद्धेभ्यः)
- sarvaśuddhebhyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pumān (पुमान्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- ādyaḥ (आद्यः)
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + dyaḥ
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + dyaḥ.
- prasīdatu (प्रसीदतु)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sīdatu.
कलाकाष्ठानिमेषादि कालसूत्रस्य गोचरे यस्य शक्तिर् न शुद्धस्य प्रसीदतु स नो हरिः
kalākāṣṭhānimeṣādikalākāṣṭhānimeṣādi (कलाकाष्ठानिमेषादि)kalākāṣṭhānimeṣādi is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kālasūtrasyakālasūtrasya (कालसूत्रस्य)The core matches the root as, “to be.” gocaregocare (गोचरे)The core matches the root car, “to move.” yasyayasya (यस्य)Genitive of yad: “whose, of which.” śaktirśaktir (शक्तिर्)The core matches the root śak, “to be able.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” śuddhasyaśuddhasya (शुद्धस्य)The core matches the root as, “to be.” prasīdatuprasīdatu (प्रसीदतु)The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sīdatu. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” nono (नो)no is used as a grammatical form in this verse. hariḥhariḥ (हरिः)hariḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.44] whose not he
Word make-up
- kalākāṣṭhānimeṣādi (कलाकाष्ठानिमेषादि)
- kalākāṣṭhānimeṣādi is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kālasūtrasya (कालसूत्रस्य)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- gocare (गोचरे)
- The core matches the root car, “to move.”
- yasya (यस्य)
- whose
- Genitive of yad: “whose, of which.”
- śaktir (शक्तिर्)
- The core matches the root śak, “to be able.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- śuddhasya (शुद्धस्य)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- prasīdatu (प्रसीदतु)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sīdatu.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- no (नो)
- no is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- hariḥ (हरिः)
- hariḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
प्रोच्यते परमेशो हि यः शुद्धो ऽप्य् उपचारतः प्रसीदतु स नो विष्णुर् आत्मा यः सर्वदेहिनाम्
procyateprocyate (प्रोच्यते)procyate is used as a grammatical form in this verse. parameśoparameśo (परमेशो)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” hihi (हि)Particle: “for, because, indeed” — marks a reason or emphasis. yaḥyaḥ (यः)Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.” śuddhośuddho (शुद्धो)śuddho is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'py'py (ऽप्य्)'py is used as a grammatical form in this verse. upacārataḥupacārataḥ (उपचारतः)upa- (“near, toward”) + cārataḥ. prasīdatuprasīdatu (प्रसीदतु)The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sīdatu. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” nono (नो)no is used as a grammatical form in this verse. viṣṇurviṣṇur (विष्णुर्)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇur. ātmāātmā (आत्मा)ātman is the self. Related to an, “to breathe”: the breathing one, the inner self of a living being. Not a ghost-soul added from outside; it is the self. yaḥyaḥ (यः)Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.” sarvadehināmsarvadehinām (सर्वदेहिनाम्)The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
[1.9.45] for who upa- (“near, toward”) + cārataḥ he the self who
Word make-up
- procyate (प्रोच्यते)
- procyate is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- parameśo (परमेशो)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- hi (हि)
- for
- Particle: “for, because, indeed” — marks a reason or emphasis.
- yaḥ (यः)
- who
- Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.”
- śuddho (शुद्धो)
- śuddho is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'py (ऽप्य्)
- 'py is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- upacārataḥ (उपचारतः)
- upa- (“near, toward”) + cārataḥ
- upa- (“near, toward”) + cārataḥ.
- prasīdatu (प्रसीदतु)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sīdatu.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- no (नो)
- no is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- viṣṇur (विष्णुर्)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇur.
- ātmā (आत्मा)
- the self
- ātman is the self. Related to an, “to breathe”: the breathing one, the inner self of a living being. Not a ghost-soul added from outside; it is the self.
- yaḥ (यः)
- who
- Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.”
- sarvadehinām (सर्वदेहिनाम्)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
यः कारणं च कार्यं च कारणस्यापि कारणम् कार्यस्यापि च यः कार्यं प्रसीदतु स नो हरिः
yaḥyaḥ (यः)Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.” kāraṇaṃkāraṇaṃ (कारणं)From kṛ: the causing; a cause as that which makes. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” kāryaṃkāryaṃ (कार्यं)Gerundive of kṛ: what is to be done; the effect as “that which is to-be-made.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” kāraṇasyāpikāraṇasyāpi (कारणस्यापि)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” kāraṇamkāraṇam (कारणम्)From kṛ: the causing; a cause as that which makes. kāryasyāpikāryasyāpi (कार्यस्यापि)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” yaḥyaḥ (यः)Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.” kāryaṃkāryaṃ (कार्यं)Gerundive of kṛ: what is to be done; the effect as “that which is to-be-made.” prasīdatuprasīdatu (प्रसीदतु)The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sīdatu. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” nono (नो)no is used as a grammatical form in this verse. hariḥhariḥ (हरिः)hariḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.46] who the causing and what-is-to-be-done and the causing and who what-is-to-be-done he
Word make-up
- yaḥ (यः)
- who
- Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.”
- kāraṇaṃ (कारणं)
- the causing
- From kṛ: the causing; a cause as that which makes.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- kāryaṃ (कार्यं)
- what-is-to-be-done
- Gerundive of kṛ: what is to be done; the effect as “that which is to-be-made.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- kāraṇasyāpi (कारणस्यापि)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- kāraṇam (कारणम्)
- the causing
- From kṛ: the causing; a cause as that which makes.
- kāryasyāpi (कार्यस्यापि)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- yaḥ (यः)
- who
- Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.”
- kāryaṃ (कार्यं)
- what-is-to-be-done
- Gerundive of kṛ: what is to be done; the effect as “that which is to-be-made.”
- prasīdatu (प्रसीदतु)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sīdatu.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- no (नो)
- no is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- hariḥ (हरिः)
- hariḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
कार्यकार्यस्य यत् कार्यं तत्कार्यस्यापि यः स्वयम् तत्कार्यकार्यभूतो यस् ततश् च प्रणतो ऽस्मि तम्
kāryakāryasyakāryakāryasya (कार्यकार्यस्य)The core matches the root as, “to be.” yatyat (यत्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. kāryaṃkāryaṃ (कार्यं)Gerundive of kṛ: what is to be done; the effect as “that which is to-be-made.” tatkāryasyāpitatkāryasyāpi (तत्कार्यस्यापि)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” yaḥyaḥ (यः)Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.” svayamsvayam (स्वयम्)sva + yam: by oneself; of one’s own accord. tatkāryakāryabhūtotatkāryakāryabhūto (तत्कार्यकार्यभूतो)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” yasyas (यस्)Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.” tataśtataś (ततश्)tataś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” praṇatopraṇato (प्रणतो)Past participle of pra- + nam. Bowed; having bowed. 'smi'smi (ऽस्मि)'smi is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tamtam (तम्)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
[1.9.47] which what-is-to-be-done who oneself who and bowed him
Word make-up
- kāryakāryasya (कार्यकार्यस्य)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- yat (यत्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- kāryaṃ (कार्यं)
- what-is-to-be-done
- Gerundive of kṛ: what is to be done; the effect as “that which is to-be-made.”
- tatkāryasyāpi (तत्कार्यस्यापि)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- yaḥ (यः)
- who
- Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.”
- svayam (स्वयम्)
- oneself
- sva + yam: by oneself; of one’s own accord.
- tatkāryakāryabhūto (तत्कार्यकार्यभूतो)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- yas (यस्)
- who
- Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.”
- tataś (ततश्)
- tataś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- praṇato (प्रणतो)
- bowed
- Past participle of pra- + nam. Bowed; having bowed.
- 'smi (ऽस्मि)
- 'smi is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tam (तम्)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
कारणं कारणस्यापि तस्य कारणकारणम् तत्कारणानां हेतुं तं प्रणतो ऽस्मि सुरेश्वरम्
kāraṇaṃkāraṇaṃ (कारणं)From kṛ: the causing; a cause as that which makes. kāraṇasyāpikāraṇasyāpi (कारणस्यापि)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” tasyatasya (तस्य)Genitive of tad: “of that, his.” kāraṇakāraṇamkāraṇakāraṇam (कारणकारणम्)kāraṇakāraṇam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tatkāraṇānāṃtatkāraṇānāṃ (तत्कारणानां)tatkāraṇānāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. hetuṃhetuṃ (हेतुं)hetuṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. taṃtaṃ (तं)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.” praṇatopraṇato (प्रणतो)Past participle of pra- + nam. Bowed; having bowed. 'smi'smi (ऽस्मि)'smi is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sureśvaramsureśvaram (सुरेश्वरम्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” su- (“well, good”) + reśvaram.
[1.9.48] the causing of that him bowed
Word make-up
- kāraṇaṃ (कारणं)
- the causing
- From kṛ: the causing; a cause as that which makes.
- kāraṇasyāpi (कारणस्यापि)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- tasya (तस्य)
- of that
- Genitive of tad: “of that, his.”
- kāraṇakāraṇam (कारणकारणम्)
- kāraṇakāraṇam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tatkāraṇānāṃ (तत्कारणानां)
- tatkāraṇānāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- hetuṃ (हेतुं)
- hetuṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- taṃ (तं)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
- praṇato (प्रणतो)
- bowed
- Past participle of pra- + nam. Bowed; having bowed.
- 'smi (ऽस्मि)
- 'smi is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sureśvaram (सुरेश्वरम्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” su- (“well, good”) + reśvaram.
भोक्तारं भोज्यभूतं च स्रष्टारं सृज्यम् एव च कार्यकर्तृस्वरूपं तं प्रणतो ऽस्मि परं पदम्
bhoktāraṃbhoktāraṃ (भोक्तारं)bhoktāraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhojyabhūtaṃbhojyabhūtaṃ (भोज्यभूतं)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” sraṣṭāraṃsraṣṭāraṃ (स्रष्टारं)sraṣṭāraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sṛjyamsṛjyam (सृज्यम्)The core matches the root sṛj, “to emit.” evaeva (एव)Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” kāryakartṛsvarūpaṃkāryakartṛsvarūpaṃ (कार्यकर्तृस्वरूपं)kāryakartṛsvarūpaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. taṃtaṃ (तं)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.” praṇatopraṇato (प्रणतो)Past participle of pra- + nam. Bowed; having bowed. 'smi'smi (ऽस्मि)'smi is used as a grammatical form in this verse. paraṃparaṃ (परं)para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.” padampadam (पदम्)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
[1.9.49] and just and him bowed beyond
Word make-up
- bhoktāraṃ (भोक्तारं)
- bhoktāraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhojyabhūtaṃ (भोज्यभूतं)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- sraṣṭāraṃ (स्रष्टारं)
- sraṣṭāraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sṛjyam (सृज्यम्)
- The core matches the root sṛj, “to emit.”
- eva (एव)
- just
- Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- kāryakartṛsvarūpaṃ (कार्यकर्तृस्वरूपं)
- kāryakartṛsvarūpaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- taṃ (तं)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
- praṇato (प्रणतो)
- bowed
- Past participle of pra- + nam. Bowed; having bowed.
- 'smi (ऽस्मि)
- 'smi is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- paraṃ (परं)
- beyond
- para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.”
- padam (पदम्)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
विशुद्धबोधवन् नित्यम् अजम् अक्षयम् अव्ययम् अव्यक्तम् अविकारं यत् तद् विष्णोः परमं पदम्
viśuddhabodhavanviśuddhabodhavan (विशुद्धबोधवन्)The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + śuddhabodhavan. nityamnityam (नित्यम्)From ni- (“in, own”) + tya: what is in-dwelling, continual, one’s own as constant. Continually-there; not a calendar “eternal.” ajamajam (अजम्)a- (“not”) joined to jam. From jan, “to be born.” Born from; produced. Together the form means a + that sense. akṣayamakṣayam (अक्षयम्)a- (“not”) + kṣayam. avyayamavyayam (अव्ययम्)a- (“not”) + vyaya (vi-i, “to go apart, to spend”). Not going-apart; unexpended. avyaktamavyaktam (अव्यक्तम्)a- (“not”) + vyakta (vi-añj, “to anoint, to make clear”). Un-manifest; not made clear. avikāraṃavikāraṃ (अविकारं)a- (“not”) + vikāraṃ. yatyat (यत्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. viṣṇoḥviṣṇoḥ (विष्णोः)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇoḥ. paramaṃparamaṃ (परमं)Superlative of para, “beyond, further.” The furthest, the highest. padampadam (पदम्)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
[1.9.50] continual not born from a- (“not”) + kṣayam not-going-apart un-manifest a- (“not”) + vikāraṃ which that highest
Word make-up
- viśuddhabodhavan (विशुद्धबोधवन्)
- The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + śuddhabodhavan.
- nityam (नित्यम्)
- continual
- From ni- (“in, own”) + tya: what is in-dwelling, continual, one’s own as constant. Continually-there; not a calendar “eternal.”
- ajam (अजम्)
- not born from
- a- (“not”) joined to jam. From jan, “to be born.” Born from; produced. Together the form means a + that sense.
- akṣayam (अक्षयम्)
- a- (“not”) + kṣayam
- a- (“not”) + kṣayam.
- avyayam (अव्ययम्)
- not-going-apart
- a- (“not”) + vyaya (vi-i, “to go apart, to spend”). Not going-apart; unexpended.
- avyaktam (अव्यक्तम्)
- un-manifest
- a- (“not”) + vyakta (vi-añj, “to anoint, to make clear”). Un-manifest; not made clear.
- avikāraṃ (अविकारं)
- a- (“not”) + vikāraṃ
- a- (“not”) + vikāraṃ.
- yat (यत्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- viṣṇoḥ (विष्णोः)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇoḥ.
- paramaṃ (परमं)
- highest
- Superlative of para, “beyond, further.” The furthest, the highest.
- padam (पदम्)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
न स्थूलं न च सूक्ष्मं यन् न विशेषणगोचरम् तत् पदं परमं विष्णोः प्रणमामि सदामलम्
nana (न)Negation: “not.” sthūlaṃsthūlaṃ (स्थूलं)sthūla: bulky, gross. nana (न)Negation: “not.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” sūkṣmaṃsūkṣmaṃ (सूक्ष्मं)sūkṣma: fine, subtle. yanyan (यन्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” viśeṣaṇagocaramviśeṣaṇagocaram (विशेषणगोचरम्)The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + śeṣaṇagocaram. tattat (तत्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. padaṃpadaṃ (पदं)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” paramaṃparamaṃ (परमं)Superlative of para, “beyond, further.” The furthest, the highest. viṣṇoḥviṣṇoḥ (विष्णोः)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇoḥ. praṇamāmipraṇamāmi (प्रणमामि)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇamāmi. sadāmalamsadāmalam (सदामलम्)The core matches the root sad, “to sit.”
[1.9.51] not gross not and fine not that highest
Word make-up
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- sthūlaṃ (स्थूलं)
- gross
- sthūla: bulky, gross.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- sūkṣmaṃ (सूक्ष्मं)
- fine
- sūkṣma: fine, subtle.
- yan (यन्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- viśeṣaṇagocaram (विशेषणगोचरम्)
- The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + śeṣaṇagocaram.
- tat (तत्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- padaṃ (पदं)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
- paramaṃ (परमं)
- highest
- Superlative of para, “beyond, further.” The furthest, the highest.
- viṣṇoḥ (विष्णोः)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇoḥ.
- praṇamāmi (प्रणमामि)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇamāmi.
- sadāmalam (सदामलम्)
- The core matches the root sad, “to sit.”
यस्यायुतायुतांशांशे विश्वशक्तिर् इयं स्थिता परब्रह्मस्वरूपस्य प्रणमामि तम् अव्ययम्
yasyāyutāyutāṃśāṃśeyasyāyutāyutāṃśāṃśe (यस्यायुतायुतांशांशे)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” viśvaśaktirviśvaśaktir (विश्वशक्तिर्)The core matches the root śak, “to be able.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + śvaśaktir. iyaṃiyaṃ (इयं)Feminine of idam: “this.” sthitāsthitā (स्थिता)Inflected from sthita. From sthā, “to stand.” Standing-place; stood; having stood; stands. parabrahmasvarūpasyaparabrahmasvarūpasya (परब्रह्मस्वरूपस्य)The core matches the root as, “to be.” praṇamāmipraṇamāmi (प्रणमामि)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇamāmi. tamtam (तम्)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.” avyayamavyayam (अव्ययम्)a- (“not”) + vyaya (vi-i, “to go apart, to spend”). Not going-apart; unexpended.
[1.9.52] this standing him not-going-apart
Word make-up
- yasyāyutāyutāṃśāṃśe (यस्यायुतायुतांशांशे)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- viśvaśaktir (विश्वशक्तिर्)
- The core matches the root śak, “to be able.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + śvaśaktir.
- iyaṃ (इयं)
- this
- Feminine of idam: “this.”
- sthitā (स्थिता)
- standing
- Inflected from sthita. From sthā, “to stand.” Standing-place; stood; having stood; stands.
- parabrahmasvarūpasya (परब्रह्मस्वरूपस्य)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- praṇamāmi (प्रणमामि)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇamāmi.
- tam (तम्)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
- avyayam (अव्ययम्)
- not-going-apart
- a- (“not”) + vyaya (vi-i, “to go apart, to spend”). Not going-apart; unexpended.
यन् न देवा न मुनयो न चाहं न च शंकरः जानन्ति परमेशस्य तद् विष्णोः परमं पदम्
yanyan (यन्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” devādevā (देवा)From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” munayomunayo (मुनयो)Inflected from munaya. From man, “to think,” or maun “silence.” The thinker / the silent one. nana (न)Negation: “not.” cāhaṃcāhaṃ (चाहं)cāhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nana (न)Negation: “not.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” śaṃkaraḥśaṃkaraḥ (शंकरः)śaṃkaraḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. jānantijānanti (जानन्ति)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” parameśasyaparameśasya (परमेशस्य)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. viṣṇoḥviṣṇoḥ (विष्णोः)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇoḥ. paramaṃparamaṃ (परमं)Superlative of para, “beyond, further.” The furthest, the highest. padampadam (पदम्)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
[1.9.53] not shining one not silent thinker not not and that highest
Word make-up
- yan (यन्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- devā (देवा)
- shining one
- From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- munayo (मुनयो)
- silent thinker
- Inflected from munaya. From man, “to think,” or maun “silence.” The thinker / the silent one.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- cāhaṃ (चाहं)
- cāhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- śaṃkaraḥ (शंकरः)
- śaṃkaraḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- jānanti (जानन्ति)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- parameśasya (परमेशस्य)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- viṣṇoḥ (विष्णोः)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇoḥ.
- paramaṃ (परमं)
- highest
- Superlative of para, “beyond, further.” The furthest, the highest.
- padam (पदम्)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
यद् योगिनः सदोद्युक्ताः पुण्यपापक्षये ऽक्षयम् पश्यन्ति प्रणवे चिन्त्यं तद् विष्णोः परमं पदम्
yadyad (यद्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. yoginaḥyoginaḥ (योगिनः)From yoga (yuj, “to yoke”) + -in “possessing.” One who is yoked; one who has the yoking. sadodyuktāḥsadodyuktāḥ (सदोद्युक्ताः)The core matches the root sad, “to sit.” puṇyapāpakṣayepuṇyapāpakṣaye (पुण्यपापक्षये)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” 'kṣayam'kṣayam (ऽक्षयम्)'kṣayam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. paśyantipaśyanti (पश्यन्ति)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” praṇavepraṇave (प्रणवे)Inflected from praṇava. oṃ is the praṇava: pra-nu, “to sound forth.” The sounding-forth syllable. cintyaṃcintyaṃ (चिन्त्यं)The core matches the root cint, “to think.” tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. viṣṇoḥviṣṇoḥ (विष्णोः)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇoḥ. paramaṃparamaṃ (परमं)Superlative of para, “beyond, further.” The furthest, the highest. padampadam (पदम्)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
[1.9.54] which one who is yoked oṃ that highest
Word make-up
- yad (यद्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- yoginaḥ (योगिनः)
- one who is yoked
- From yoga (yuj, “to yoke”) + -in “possessing.” One who is yoked; one who has the yoking.
- sadodyuktāḥ (सदोद्युक्ताः)
- The core matches the root sad, “to sit.”
- puṇyapāpakṣaye (पुण्यपापक्षये)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- 'kṣayam (ऽक्षयम्)
- 'kṣayam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- paśyanti (पश्यन्ति)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- praṇave (प्रणवे)
- oṃ
- Inflected from praṇava. oṃ is the praṇava: pra-nu, “to sound forth.” The sounding-forth syllable.
- cintyaṃ (चिन्त्यं)
- The core matches the root cint, “to think.”
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- viṣṇoḥ (विष्णोः)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇoḥ.
- paramaṃ (परमं)
- highest
- Superlative of para, “beyond, further.” The furthest, the highest.
- padam (पदम्)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
शक्तयो यस्य देवस्य ब्रह्मविष्णुशिवात्मिकाः भवन्त्य् अभूतपूर्वस्य तद् विष्णोः परमं पदम्
śaktayośaktayo (शक्तयो)The core matches the root śak, “to be able.” yasyayasya (यस्य)Genitive of yad: “whose, of which.” devasyadevasya (देवस्य)Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” brahmaviṣṇuśivātmikāḥbrahmaviṣṇuśivātmikāḥ (ब्रह्मविष्णुशिवात्मिकाः)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” bhavantybhavanty (भवन्त्य्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” abhūtapūrvasyaabhūtapūrvasya (अभूतपूर्वस्य)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” a- (“not”) + bhūtapūrvasya. tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. viṣṇoḥviṣṇoḥ (विष्णोः)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇoḥ. paramaṃparamaṃ (परमं)Superlative of para, “beyond, further.” The furthest, the highest. padampadam (पदम्)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
[1.9.55] whose shining one that highest
Word make-up
- śaktayo (शक्तयो)
- The core matches the root śak, “to be able.”
- yasya (यस्य)
- whose
- Genitive of yad: “whose, of which.”
- devasya (देवस्य)
- shining one
- Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- brahmaviṣṇuśivātmikāḥ (ब्रह्मविष्णुशिवात्मिकाः)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- bhavanty (भवन्त्य्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- abhūtapūrvasya (अभूतपूर्वस्य)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” a- (“not”) + bhūtapūrvasya.
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- viṣṇoḥ (विष्णोः)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇoḥ.
- paramaṃ (परमं)
- highest
- Superlative of para, “beyond, further.” The furthest, the highest.
- padam (पदम्)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
सर्वेश सर्वभूतात्मन् सर्व सर्वाश्रयाच्युत प्रसीद विष्णो भक्तानां व्रज नो दृष्टिगोचरम्
sarveśasarveśa (सर्वेश)sarveśa is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sarvabhūtātmansarvabhūtātman (सर्वभूतात्मन्)The core matches the root man, “to think.” sarvasarva (सर्व)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. sarvāśrayācyutasarvāśrayācyuta (सर्वाश्रयाच्युत)The core matches the root cyu, “to fall away.” prasīdaprasīda (प्रसीद)The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sīda. viṣṇoviṣṇo (विष्णो)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇo. bhaktānāṃbhaktānāṃ (भक्तानां)bhaktānāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vrajavraja (व्रज)vraja is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nono (नो)no is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dṛṣṭigocaramdṛṣṭigocaram (दृष्टिगोचरम्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
[1.9.56] all
Word make-up
- sarveśa (सर्वेश)
- sarveśa is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sarvabhūtātman (सर्वभूतात्मन्)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
- sarva (सर्व)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- sarvāśrayācyuta (सर्वाश्रयाच्युत)
- The core matches the root cyu, “to fall away.”
- prasīda (प्रसीद)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sīda.
- viṣṇo (विष्णो)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇo.
- bhaktānāṃ (भक्तानां)
- bhaktānāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vraja (व्रज)
- vraja is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- no (नो)
- no is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dṛṣṭigocaram (दृष्टिगोचरम्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
इत्य् उदीरितम् आकर्ण्य ब्रह्मणस् त्रिदशास् ततः प्रणम्योचुः प्रसीदेति व्रज नो दृष्टिगोचरम्
ityity (इत्य्)ity is used as a grammatical form in this verse. udīritamudīritam (उदीरितम्)ud- (“up, out”) + īritam. ākarṇyaākarṇya (आकर्ण्य)ā- (“unto, fully”) + karṇya. brahmaṇasbrahmaṇas (ब्रह्मणस्)Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class. tridaśāstridaśās (त्रिदशास्)The core matches the root śās, “to instruct.” tataḥtataḥ (ततः)From tad + tas: “from that, then.” praṇamyocuḥpraṇamyocuḥ (प्रणम्योचुः)pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇamyocuḥ. prasīdetiprasīdeti (प्रसीदेति)The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sīdeti. vrajavraja (व्रज)vraja is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nono (नो)no is used as a grammatical form in this verse. dṛṣṭigocaramdṛṣṭigocaram (दृष्टिगोचरम्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
[1.9.57] ud- (“up, out”) + īritam ā- (“unto, fully”) + karṇya that-which-is-vast (brahman) then pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇamyocuḥ
Word make-up
- ity (इत्य्)
- ity is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- udīritam (उदीरितम्)
- ud- (“up, out”) + īritam
- ud- (“up, out”) + īritam.
- ākarṇya (आकर्ण्य)
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + karṇya
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + karṇya.
- brahmaṇas (ब्रह्मणस्)
- that-which-is-vast (brahman)
- Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class.
- tridaśās (त्रिदशास्)
- The core matches the root śās, “to instruct.”
- tataḥ (ततः)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
- praṇamyocuḥ (प्रणम्योचुः)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇamyocuḥ
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇamyocuḥ.
- prasīdeti (प्रसीदेति)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sīdeti.
- vraja (व्रज)
- vraja is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- no (नो)
- no is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- dṛṣṭigocaram (दृष्टिगोचरम्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
यन् नायं भगवान् ब्रह्मा जानाति परमं पदम् तं नताः स्मो जगद्धाम तव सर्वगताच्युत
yanyan (यन्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” nāyaṃnāyaṃ (नायं)nāyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhagavānbhagavān (भगवान्)bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name. brahmābrahmā (ब्रह्मा)Masculine of brahman: Brahmā, the creator god, “the swelling/vast one” as a person. Not the neuter brahma. jānātijānāti (जानाति)From jñā, “to know.” Having known; knows; to-be-known. paramaṃparamaṃ (परमं)Superlative of para, “beyond, further.” The furthest, the highest. padampadam (पदम्)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” taṃtaṃ (तं)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.” natāḥnatāḥ (नताः)natāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. smosmo (स्मो)Inflected from sma. Particle used with present tense for past or customary action. jagaddhāmajagaddhāma (जगद्धाम)The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” tavatava (तव)Genitive of yuṣmad: “your.” sarvagatācyutasarvagatācyuta (सर्वगताच्युत)The core matches the root cyu, “to fall away.”
[1.9.58] the Lord Not the neuter brahma knowing highest him your
Word make-up
- yan (यन्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- nāyaṃ (नायं)
- nāyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhagavān (भगवान्)
- the Lord
- bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name.
- brahmā (ब्रह्मा)
- Not the neuter brahma
- Masculine of brahman: Brahmā, the creator god, “the swelling/vast one” as a person. Not the neuter brahma.
- jānāti (जानाति)
- knowing
- From jñā, “to know.” Having known; knows; to-be-known.
- paramaṃ (परमं)
- highest
- Superlative of para, “beyond, further.” The furthest, the highest.
- padam (पदम्)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
- taṃ (तं)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
- natāḥ (नताः)
- natāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- smo (स्मो)
- Particle used with present tense for past or customary action
- Inflected from sma. Particle used with present tense for past or customary action.
- jagaddhāma (जगद्धाम)
- The core matches the root dhā, “to place.”
- tava (तव)
- your
- Genitive of yuṣmad: “your.”
- sarvagatācyuta (सर्वगताच्युत)
- The core matches the root cyu, “to fall away.”
इत्य् अन्ते वचसस् तेषां देवानां ब्रह्मणस् तथा ऊचुर् देवर्षयः सर्वे बृहस्पतिपुरोगमाः
ityity (इत्य्)ity is used as a grammatical form in this verse. anteante (अन्ते)anta: end, edge, death as the end. The limit. vacasasvacasas (वचसस्)The core matches the root vac, “to speak.” teṣāṃteṣāṃ (तेषां)Genitive plural of tad: “of them.” devānāṃdevānāṃ (देवानां)From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” brahmaṇasbrahmaṇas (ब्रह्मणस्)Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class. tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” ūcurūcur (ऊचुर्)ūcur is used as a grammatical form in this verse. devarṣayaḥdevarṣayaḥ (देवर्षयः)devarṣayaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sarvesarve (सर्वे)Nominative plural of sarva: “all.” bṛhaspatipurogamāḥbṛhaspatipurogamāḥ (बृहस्पतिपुरोगमाः)The core matches the root pat, “to fall.”
[1.9.59] end of them shining one that-which-is-vast (brahman) so all
Word make-up
- ity (इत्य्)
- ity is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ante (अन्ते)
- end
- anta: end, edge, death as the end. The limit.
- vacasas (वचसस्)
- The core matches the root vac, “to speak.”
- teṣāṃ (तेषां)
- of them
- Genitive plural of tad: “of them.”
- devānāṃ (देवानां)
- shining one
- From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- brahmaṇas (ब्रह्मणस्)
- that-which-is-vast (brahman)
- Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class.
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- ūcur (ऊचुर्)
- ūcur is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- devarṣayaḥ (देवर्षयः)
- devarṣayaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sarve (सर्वे)
- all
- Nominative plural of sarva: “all.”
- bṛhaspatipurogamāḥ (बृहस्पतिपुरोगमाः)
- The core matches the root pat, “to fall.”
आद्यो यज्ञः पुमान् ईड्यो यः पूर्वेषां च पूर्वजः तं नताः स्मो जगत्स्रष्टुः स्रष्टारम् अविशेषणम्
ādyoādyo (आद्यो)ā- (“unto, fully”) + dyo. yajñaḥyajñaḥ (यज्ञः)From yaj, “to offer, to worship, to stretch toward the gods.” The offering. Not merely “sacrifice” as killing. pumānpumān (पुमान्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” īḍyoīḍyo (ईड्यो)īḍyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yaḥyaḥ (यः)Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.” pūrveṣāṃpūrveṣāṃ (पूर्वेषां)The core matches the root pū, “to purify.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” pūrvajaḥpūrvajaḥ (पूर्वजः)pūrva (“before, former”) + ja (jan, “to be born”). Born before; elder; first-born. taṃtaṃ (तं)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.” natāḥnatāḥ (नताः)natāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. smosmo (स्मो)Inflected from sma. Particle used with present tense for past or customary action. jagatsraṣṭuḥjagatsraṣṭuḥ (जगत्स्रष्टुः)jagatsraṣṭuḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sraṣṭāramsraṣṭāram (स्रष्टारम्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” aviśeṣaṇamaviśeṣaṇam (अविशेषणम्)The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” a- (“not”) + viśeṣaṇam.
[1.9.60] ā- (“unto, fully”) + dyo offering who and first-born him
Word make-up
- ādyo (आद्यो)
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + dyo
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + dyo.
- yajñaḥ (यज्ञः)
- offering
- From yaj, “to offer, to worship, to stretch toward the gods.” The offering. Not merely “sacrifice” as killing.
- pumān (पुमान्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- īḍyo (ईड्यो)
- īḍyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yaḥ (यः)
- who
- Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.”
- pūrveṣāṃ (पूर्वेषां)
- The core matches the root pū, “to purify.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- pūrvajaḥ (पूर्वजः)
- first-born
- pūrva (“before, former”) + ja (jan, “to be born”). Born before; elder; first-born.
- taṃ (तं)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
- natāḥ (नताः)
- natāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- smo (स्मो)
- Particle used with present tense for past or customary action
- Inflected from sma. Particle used with present tense for past or customary action.
- jagatsraṣṭuḥ (जगत्स्रष्टुः)
- jagatsraṣṭuḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sraṣṭāram (स्रष्टारम्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- aviśeṣaṇam (अविशेषणम्)
- The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” a- (“not”) + viśeṣaṇam.
भगवन् भूतभव्येश यज्ञमूर्तिधराव्यय प्रसीद प्रणतानां त्वं सर्वेषां देहि दर्शनम्
bhagavanbhagavan (भगवन्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” bhūtabhavyeśabhūtabhavyeśa (भूतभव्येश)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” yajñamūrtidharāvyayayajñamūrtidharāvyaya (यज्ञमूर्तिधराव्यय)The core matches the root yaj, “to offer.” prasīdaprasīda (प्रसीद)The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sīda. praṇatānāṃpraṇatānāṃ (प्रणतानां)pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇatānāṃ. tvaṃtvaṃ (त्वं)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” sarveṣāṃsarveṣāṃ (सर्वेषां)Genitive plural of sarva: of all. dehidehi (देहि)Inflected from deha. From dih, “to smear, to plaster.” The plastered thing: the formed body. darśanamdarśanam (दर्शनम्)The core matches the root nam, “to bow.”
[1.9.61] pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇatānāṃ you of all the body
Word make-up
- bhagavan (भगवन्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- bhūtabhavyeśa (भूतभव्येश)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- yajñamūrtidharāvyaya (यज्ञमूर्तिधराव्यय)
- The core matches the root yaj, “to offer.”
- prasīda (प्रसीद)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sīda.
- praṇatānāṃ (प्रणतानां)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇatānāṃ
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇatānāṃ.
- tvaṃ (त्वं)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- sarveṣāṃ (सर्वेषां)
- of all
- Genitive plural of sarva: of all.
- dehi (देहि)
- the body
- Inflected from deha. From dih, “to smear, to plaster.” The plastered thing: the formed body.
- darśanam (दर्शनम्)
- The core matches the root nam, “to bow.”
एष ब्रह्मा तथैवायं सह रुद्रैस् त्रिलोचनः सर्वादित्यैः समं पूषा पावको ऽयं सहाग्निभिः
eṣaeṣa (एष)Masculine of etad: “this one.” brahmābrahmā (ब्रह्मा)Masculine of brahman: Brahmā, the creator god, “the swelling/vast one” as a person. Not the neuter brahma. tathaivāyaṃtathaivāyaṃ (तथैवायं)tathaivāyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sahasaha (सह)Indeclinable: “with, together.” rudraisrudrais (रुद्रैस्)rudrais is used as a grammatical form in this verse. trilocanaḥtrilocanaḥ (त्रिलोचनः)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” sarvādityaiḥsarvādityaiḥ (सर्वादित्यैः)sarvādityaiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. samaṃsamaṃ (समं)sama: same, even, equal. Evenness. pūṣāpūṣā (पूषा)The core matches the root pū, “to purify.” pāvakopāvako (पावको)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” 'yaṃ'yaṃ (ऽयं)'yaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sahāgnibhiḥsahāgnibhiḥ (सहाग्निभिः)sahāgnibhiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.62] this one Not the neuter brahma with even
Word make-up
- eṣa (एष)
- this one
- Masculine of etad: “this one.”
- brahmā (ब्रह्मा)
- Not the neuter brahma
- Masculine of brahman: Brahmā, the creator god, “the swelling/vast one” as a person. Not the neuter brahma.
- tathaivāyaṃ (तथैवायं)
- tathaivāyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- saha (सह)
- with
- Indeclinable: “with, together.”
- rudrais (रुद्रैस्)
- rudrais is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- trilocanaḥ (त्रिलोचनः)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- sarvādityaiḥ (सर्वादित्यैः)
- sarvādityaiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- samaṃ (समं)
- even
- sama: same, even, equal. Evenness.
- pūṣā (पूषा)
- The core matches the root pū, “to purify.”
- pāvako (पावको)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- 'yaṃ (ऽयं)
- 'yaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sahāgnibhiḥ (सहाग्निभिः)
- sahāgnibhiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
अश्विनौ वसवश् चेमे सर्वे चैते मरुद्गणाः साध्या विश्वे तथा देवा देवेन्द्रश् चायम् ईश्वरः
aśvinauaśvinau (अश्विनौ)a- (“not”) + śvinau. vasavaśvasavaś (वसवश्)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” cemeceme (चेमे)ceme is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sarvesarve (सर्वे)Nominative plural of sarva: “all.” caitecaite (चैते)caite is used as a grammatical form in this verse. marudgaṇāḥmarudgaṇāḥ (मरुद्गणाः)marudgaṇāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sādhyāsādhyā (साध्या)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” viśveviśve (विश्वे)vi- (“apart, asunder”) joined to śve. Indeclinable: “tomorrow.” Together the form means vi + that sense. tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” devādevā (देवा)From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” devendraśdevendraś (देवेन्द्रश्)devendraś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. cāyamcāyam (चायम्)cāyam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. īśvaraḥīśvaraḥ (ईश्वरः)From īś, “to own, to be able, to rule” + vara (“choice, capable”). The capable ruler; the owner.
[1.9.63] a- (“not”) + śvinau all tomorrow so shining one the capable ruler
Word make-up
- aśvinau (अश्विनौ)
- a- (“not”) + śvinau
- a- (“not”) + śvinau.
- vasavaś (वसवश्)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.”
- ceme (चेमे)
- ceme is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sarve (सर्वे)
- all
- Nominative plural of sarva: “all.”
- caite (चैते)
- caite is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- marudgaṇāḥ (मरुद्गणाः)
- marudgaṇāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sādhyā (साध्या)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- viśve (विश्वे)
- tomorrow
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) joined to śve. Indeclinable: “tomorrow.” Together the form means vi + that sense.
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- devā (देवा)
- shining one
- From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- devendraś (देवेन्द्रश्)
- devendraś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- cāyam (चायम्)
- cāyam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- īśvaraḥ (ईश्वरः)
- the capable ruler
- From īś, “to own, to be able, to rule” + vara (“choice, capable”). The capable ruler; the owner.
प्रणामप्रवणा नाथ दैत्यसैन्यपराजिताः शरणं त्वाम् अनुप्राप्ताः समस्ता देवतागणाः
praṇāmapravaṇāpraṇāmapravaṇā (प्रणामप्रवणा)pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇāmapravaṇā. nāthanātha (नाथ)nātha is used as a grammatical form in this verse. daityasainyaparājitāḥdaityasainyaparājitāḥ (दैत्यसैन्यपराजिताः)The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.” śaraṇaṃśaraṇaṃ (शरणं)śaraṇa: shelter, from śṛ “to break” (a broken-place as refuge) or śri. Refuge as a shelter. tvāmtvām (त्वाम्)Accusative of yuṣmad: “you.” anuprāptāḥanuprāptāḥ (अनुप्राप्ताः)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” anu- (“along, after”) + prāptāḥ. samastāsamastā (समस्ता)The core matches the root as, “to be.” sam- (“together”) + astā. devatāgaṇāḥdevatāgaṇāḥ (देवतागणाः)devatāgaṇāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.64] pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇāmapravaṇā shelter you
Word make-up
- praṇāmapravaṇā (प्रणामप्रवणा)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇāmapravaṇā
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇāmapravaṇā.
- nātha (नाथ)
- nātha is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- daityasainyaparājitāḥ (दैत्यसैन्यपराजिताः)
- The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.”
- śaraṇaṃ (शरणं)
- shelter
- śaraṇa: shelter, from śṛ “to break” (a broken-place as refuge) or śri. Refuge as a shelter.
- tvām (त्वाम्)
- you
- Accusative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- anuprāptāḥ (अनुप्राप्ताः)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” anu- (“along, after”) + prāptāḥ.
- samastā (समस्ता)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” sam- (“together”) + astā.
- devatāgaṇāḥ (देवतागणाः)
- devatāgaṇāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
एवं संस्तूयमानस् तु भगवाञ् छङ्खचक्रधृक् जगाम दर्शनं तेषां मैत्रेय परमेश्वरः
evaṃevaṃ (एवं)Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” saṃstūyamānassaṃstūyamānas (संस्तूयमानस्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” saṃ- (“together”) + stūyamānas. tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. bhagavāñbhagavāñ (भगवाञ्)bhagavāñ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. chaṅkhacakradhṛkchaṅkhacakradhṛk (छङ्खचक्रधृक्)The core matches the root dhṛ, “to hold.” jagāmajagāma (जगाम)jagāma is used as a grammatical form in this verse. darśanaṃdarśanaṃ (दर्शनं)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” teṣāṃteṣāṃ (तेषां)Genitive plural of tad: “of them.” maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. parameśvaraḥparameśvaraḥ (परमेश्वरः)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
[1.9.65] just but of them
Word make-up
- evaṃ (एवं)
- just
- Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- saṃstūyamānas (संस्तूयमानस्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” saṃ- (“together”) + stūyamānas.
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- bhagavāñ (भगवाञ्)
- bhagavāñ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- chaṅkhacakradhṛk (छङ्खचक्रधृक्)
- The core matches the root dhṛ, “to hold.”
- jagāma (जगाम)
- jagāma is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- darśanaṃ (दर्शनं)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- teṣāṃ (तेषां)
- of them
- Genitive plural of tad: “of them.”
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- parameśvaraḥ (परमेश्वरः)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
तं दृष्ट्वा ते तदा देवाः शङ्खचक्रगदाधरम् अपूर्वरूपसंस्थानं तेजसां राशिम् ऊर्जितम्
taṃtaṃ (तं)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.” dṛṣṭvādṛṣṭvā (दृष्ट्वा)From dṛś, “to see” (present paśya-). Sees; see!; I see; seeing; to see; having seen. tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” devāḥdevāḥ (देवाः)From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” śaṅkhacakragadādharamśaṅkhacakragadādharam (शङ्खचक्रगदाधरम्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” apūrvarūpasaṃsthānaṃapūrvarūpasaṃsthānaṃ (अपूर्वरूपसंस्थानं)The core matches the root sthā, “to stand.” a- (“not”) + pūrvarūpasaṃsthānaṃ. tejasāṃtejasāṃ (तेजसां)Inflected from tejasā. From tij, “to be sharp.” Sharp-glow, brilliance. rāśimrāśim (राशिम्)rāśim is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ūrjitamūrjitam (ऊर्जितम्)The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.”
[1.9.66] him seeing you then shining one sharp-glow
Word make-up
- taṃ (तं)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
- dṛṣṭvā (दृष्ट्वा)
- seeing
- From dṛś, “to see” (present paśya-). Sees; see!; I see; seeing; to see; having seen.
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- devāḥ (देवाः)
- shining one
- From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- śaṅkhacakragadādharam (शङ्खचक्रगदाधरम्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- apūrvarūpasaṃsthānaṃ (अपूर्वरूपसंस्थानं)
- The core matches the root sthā, “to stand.” a- (“not”) + pūrvarūpasaṃsthānaṃ.
- tejasāṃ (तेजसां)
- sharp-glow
- Inflected from tejasā. From tij, “to be sharp.” Sharp-glow, brilliance.
- rāśim (राशिम्)
- rāśim is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ūrjitam (ऊर्जितम्)
- The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.”
प्रणम्य प्रणताः पूर्वं संक्षोभस्तिमितेक्षणाः तुष्टुवुः पुण्डरीकाक्षं पितामहपुरोगमाः
praṇamyapraṇamya (प्रणम्य)From nam, “to bow.” Bows; having bowed. praṇatāḥpraṇatāḥ (प्रणताः)Inflected from praṇata. Past participle of pra- + nam. Bowed; having bowed. pūrvaṃpūrvaṃ (पूर्वं)The core matches the root pū, “to purify.” saṃkṣobhastimitekṣaṇāḥsaṃkṣobhastimitekṣaṇāḥ (संक्षोभस्तिमितेक्षणाः)The core matches the root as, “to be.” saṃ- (“together”) + kṣobhastimitekṣaṇāḥ. tuṣṭuvuḥtuṣṭuvuḥ (तुष्टुवुः)tuṣṭuvuḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. puṇḍarīkākṣaṃpuṇḍarīkākṣaṃ (पुण्डरीकाक्षं)puṇḍarīka (“lotus”) + akṣa (“eye”). Lotus-eyed. pitāmahapurogamāḥpitāmahapurogamāḥ (पितामहपुरोगमाः)The core matches the root gam, “to go.”
[1.9.67] bows bowed puṇḍarīkākṣaṃ
Word make-up
- praṇamya (प्रणम्य)
- bows
- From nam, “to bow.” Bows; having bowed.
- praṇatāḥ (प्रणताः)
- bowed
- Inflected from praṇata. Past participle of pra- + nam. Bowed; having bowed.
- pūrvaṃ (पूर्वं)
- The core matches the root pū, “to purify.”
- saṃkṣobhastimitekṣaṇāḥ (संक्षोभस्तिमितेक्षणाः)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” saṃ- (“together”) + kṣobhastimitekṣaṇāḥ.
- tuṣṭuvuḥ (तुष्टुवुः)
- tuṣṭuvuḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- puṇḍarīkākṣaṃ (पुण्डरीकाक्षं)
- Lotus-eyed
- puṇḍarīka (“lotus”) + akṣa (“eye”). Lotus-eyed.
- pitāmahapurogamāḥ (पितामहपुरोगमाः)
- The core matches the root gam, “to go.”
नमो नमस् ते विश्वेश त्वं ब्रह्मा त्वं पिनाकधृक् इन्द्रस् त्वम् अग्निः पवनो वरुणः सविता यमः वसवो मरुतः साध्या विश्वेदेवगणा भवान्
namonamas (नमस्)From nam, “to bow.” A bow, salutation. namas tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. viśveśaviśveśa (विश्वेश)viśva + īśa (“lord”). Lord of all. tvaṃtvaṃ (त्वं)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” brahmābrahmā (ब्रह्मा)Masculine of brahman: Brahmā, the creator god, “the swelling/vast one” as a person. Not the neuter brahma. tvaṃtvaṃ (त्वं)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” pinākadhṛkpinākadhṛk (पिनाकधृक्)The core matches the root dhṛ, “to hold.” indrasindras (इन्द्रस्)indra: the shining chief of the gods; often from a root of drop/power. The shining king of gods. tvamtvam (त्वम्)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” agniḥagniḥ (अग्निः)agni: fire, the driving fire (aṅg/ag, “to drive”). Fire as the eater and carrier of offerings. pavanopavano (पवनो)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” varuṇaḥvaruṇaḥ (वरुणः)varuṇaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. savitāsavitā (सविता)savitā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yamaḥyamaḥ (यमः)Inflected from yam. Accusative of yad: “whom, which.” vasavovasavo (वसवो)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” marutaḥmarutaḥ (मरुतः)marutaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sādhyāsādhyā (साध्या)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” viśvedevagaṇāviśvedevagaṇā (विश्वेदेवगणा)The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + śvedevagaṇā. bhavānbhavān (भवान्)Honorific “you” (from bhū, the becoming-one as polite you).
[1.9.68] a bow, salutation a bow, salutation you viśveśa you Not the neuter brahma you The shining king of gods you Fire as the eater and carrier of offerings whom you
Word make-up
- namo (नमो)
- a bow, salutation
- Inflected from nama. From nam, “to bow.” A bow, salutation.
- namas (नमस्)
- a bow, salutation
- From nam, “to bow.” A bow, salutation.
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- viśveśa (विश्वेश)
- Lord of all
- viśva + īśa (“lord”). Lord of all.
- tvaṃ (त्वं)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- brahmā (ब्रह्मा)
- Not the neuter brahma
- Masculine of brahman: Brahmā, the creator god, “the swelling/vast one” as a person. Not the neuter brahma.
- tvaṃ (त्वं)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- pinākadhṛk (पिनाकधृक्)
- The core matches the root dhṛ, “to hold.”
- indras (इन्द्रस्)
- The shining king of gods
- indra: the shining chief of the gods; often from a root of drop/power. The shining king of gods.
- tvam (त्वम्)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- agniḥ (अग्निः)
- Fire as the eater and carrier of offerings
- agni: fire, the driving fire (aṅg/ag, “to drive”). Fire as the eater and carrier of offerings.
- pavano (पवनो)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- varuṇaḥ (वरुणः)
- varuṇaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- savitā (सविता)
- savitā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yamaḥ (यमः)
- whom
- Inflected from yam. Accusative of yad: “whom, which.”
- vasavo (वसवो)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.”
- marutaḥ (मरुतः)
- marutaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sādhyā (साध्या)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- viśvedevagaṇā (विश्वेदेवगणा)
- The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + śvedevagaṇā.
- bhavān (भवान्)
- you
- Honorific “you” (from bhū, the becoming-one as polite you).
यो ऽयं तवागतो देव समीपं देवतागणः स त्वम् एव जगत्स्रष्टा यतः सर्वगतो भवान्
yoyo (यो)yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'yaṃ'yaṃ (ऽयं)'yaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tavāgatotavāgato (तवागतो)tavāgato is used as a grammatical form in this verse. devadeva (देव)From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” samīpaṃsamīpaṃ (समीपं)sam- (“together”) + īpaṃ. devatāgaṇaḥdevatāgaṇaḥ (देवतागणः)devatāgaṇaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” tvamtvam (त्वम्)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” evaeva (एव)Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” jagatsraṣṭājagatsraṣṭā (जगत्स्रष्टा)jagatsraṣṭā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yataḥyataḥ (यतः)Inflected from yat. Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. sarvagatosarvagato (सर्वगतो)sarvagato is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhavānbhavān (भवान्)Honorific “you” (from bhū, the becoming-one as polite you).
[1.9.69] shining one sam- (“together”) + īpaṃ he you just which you
Word make-up
- yo (यो)
- yo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'yaṃ (ऽयं)
- 'yaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tavāgato (तवागतो)
- tavāgato is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- deva (देव)
- shining one
- From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- samīpaṃ (समीपं)
- sam- (“together”) + īpaṃ
- sam- (“together”) + īpaṃ.
- devatāgaṇaḥ (देवतागणः)
- devatāgaṇaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- tvam (त्वम्)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- eva (एव)
- just
- Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- jagatsraṣṭā (जगत्स्रष्टा)
- jagatsraṣṭā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yataḥ (यतः)
- which
- Inflected from yat. Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- sarvagato (सर्वगतो)
- sarvagato is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhavān (भवान्)
- you
- Honorific “you” (from bhū, the becoming-one as polite you).
त्वं यज्ञस् त्वं वषट्कारस् त्वम् ओङ्कारः प्रजापतिः वेत्ता वेद्यं च सर्वात्मंस् त्वन्मयं चाखिलं जगत्
tvaṃtvaṃ (त्वं)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” yajñasyajñas (यज्ञस्)From yaj, “to offer, to worship, to stretch toward the gods.” The offering. Not merely “sacrifice” as killing. tvaṃtvaṃ (त्वं)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” vaṣaṭkārasvaṣaṭkāras (वषट्कारस्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” tvamtvam (त्वम्)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” oṅkāraḥoṅkāraḥ (ओङ्कारः)oṅkāraḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. prajāpatiḥprajāpatiḥ (प्रजापतिः)prajā (“offspring,” pra-jan) + pati (“master, husband”). Master of offspring; the progenitor. vettāvettā (वेत्ता)vettā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vedyaṃvedyaṃ (वेद्यं)vedyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” sarvātmaṃssarvātmaṃs (सर्वात्मंस्)sarvātmaṃs is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tvanmayaṃtvanmayaṃ (त्वन्मयं)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” cākhilaṃcākhilaṃ (चाखिलं)cākhilaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. jagatjagat (जगत्)From gam, “to go” (intensive): that which keeps going, the moving world.
[1.9.70] you offering you you master of offspring and the moving world
Word make-up
- tvaṃ (त्वं)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- yajñas (यज्ञस्)
- offering
- From yaj, “to offer, to worship, to stretch toward the gods.” The offering. Not merely “sacrifice” as killing.
- tvaṃ (त्वं)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- vaṣaṭkāras (वषट्कारस्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- tvam (त्वम्)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- oṅkāraḥ (ओङ्कारः)
- oṅkāraḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- prajāpatiḥ (प्रजापतिः)
- master of offspring
- prajā (“offspring,” pra-jan) + pati (“master, husband”). Master of offspring; the progenitor.
- vettā (वेत्ता)
- vettā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vedyaṃ (वेद्यं)
- vedyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- sarvātmaṃs (सर्वात्मंस्)
- sarvātmaṃs is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tvanmayaṃ (त्वन्मयं)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- cākhilaṃ (चाखिलं)
- cākhilaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- jagat (जगत्)
- the moving world
- From gam, “to go” (intensive): that which keeps going, the moving world.
त्वाम् आर्ताः शरणं विष्णो प्रयाता दैत्यनिर्जिताः वयं प्रसीद सर्वात्मंस् तेजसाप्याययस्व नः
tvāmtvām (त्वाम्)Accusative of yuṣmad: “you.” ārtāḥārtāḥ (आर्ताः)ā- (“unto, fully”) + rtāḥ. śaraṇaṃśaraṇaṃ (शरणं)śaraṇa: shelter, from śṛ “to break” (a broken-place as refuge) or śri. Refuge as a shelter. viṣṇoviṣṇo (विष्णो)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇo. prayātāprayātā (प्रयाता)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + yātā. daityanirjitāḥdaityanirjitāḥ (दैत्यनिर्जिताः)The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.” vayaṃvayaṃ (वयं)vayaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. prasīdaprasīda (प्रसीद)The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sīda. sarvātmaṃssarvātmaṃs (सर्वात्मंस्)sarvātmaṃs is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tejasāpyāyayasvatejasāpyāyayasva (तेजसाप्याययस्व)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” naḥnaḥ (नः)Negation: “not.”
[1.9.71] you ā- (“unto, fully”) + rtāḥ shelter not
Word make-up
- tvām (त्वाम्)
- you
- Accusative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- ārtāḥ (आर्ताः)
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + rtāḥ
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + rtāḥ.
- śaraṇaṃ (शरणं)
- shelter
- śaraṇa: shelter, from śṛ “to break” (a broken-place as refuge) or śri. Refuge as a shelter.
- viṣṇo (विष्णो)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇo.
- prayātā (प्रयाता)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + yātā.
- daityanirjitāḥ (दैत्यनिर्जिताः)
- The core matches the root ji, “to conquer.”
- vayaṃ (वयं)
- vayaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- prasīda (प्रसीद)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sīda.
- sarvātmaṃs (सर्वात्मंस्)
- sarvātmaṃs is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tejasāpyāyayasva (तेजसाप्याययस्व)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- naḥ (नः)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
तावद् आर्तिस् तथा वाञ्छा तावन् मोहस् तथासुखम् यावन् नायाति शरणं त्वाम् अशेषाघनाशनम्
tāvadtāvad (तावद्)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” ārtisārtis (आर्तिस्)ā- (“unto, fully”) + rtis. tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” vāñchāvāñchā (वाञ्छा)vāñchā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tāvantāvan (तावन्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” mohasmohas (मोहस्)From muh, “to be confused, to go astray.” Confusion; a going-astray of mind. tathāsukhamtathāsukham (तथासुखम्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” yāvanyāvan (यावन्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” nāyātināyāti (नायाति)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” śaraṇaṃśaraṇaṃ (शरणं)śaraṇa: shelter, from śṛ “to break” (a broken-place as refuge) or śri. Refuge as a shelter. tvāmtvām (त्वाम्)Accusative of yuṣmad: “you.” aśeṣāghanāśanamaśeṣāghanāśanam (अशेषाघनाशनम्)The core matches the root nam, “to bow.” a- (“not”) + śeṣāghanāśanam.
[1.9.72] ā- (“unto, fully”) + rtis so confusion shelter you
Word make-up
- tāvad (तावद्)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
- ārtis (आर्तिस्)
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + rtis
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + rtis.
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- vāñchā (वाञ्छा)
- vāñchā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tāvan (तावन्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- mohas (मोहस्)
- confusion
- From muh, “to be confused, to go astray.” Confusion; a going-astray of mind.
- tathāsukham (तथासुखम्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- yāvan (यावन्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- nāyāti (नायाति)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- śaraṇaṃ (शरणं)
- shelter
- śaraṇa: shelter, from śṛ “to break” (a broken-place as refuge) or śri. Refuge as a shelter.
- tvām (त्वाम्)
- you
- Accusative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- aśeṣāghanāśanam (अशेषाघनाशनम्)
- The core matches the root nam, “to bow.” a- (“not”) + śeṣāghanāśanam.
त्वं प्रसादं प्रसन्नात्मन् प्रपन्नानां कुरुष्व नः तेजसां नाथ सर्वेषां स्वशक्त्याप्यायनं कुरु
tvaṃtvaṃ (त्वं)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” prasādaṃprasādaṃ (प्रसादं)pra-sad, “to sit forth, to settle.” Settled clearness; grace as a settling-down of favour. Not a temple sweet. prasannātmanprasannātman (प्रसन्नात्मन्)The core matches the root man, “to think.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sannātman. prapannānāṃprapannānāṃ (प्रपन्नानां)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + pannānāṃ. kuruṣvakuruṣva (कुरुष्व)kuruṣva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. naḥnaḥ (नः)Negation: “not.” tejasāṃtejasāṃ (तेजसां)Inflected from tejasā. From tij, “to be sharp.” Sharp-glow, brilliance. nāthanātha (नाथ)nātha is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sarveṣāṃsarveṣāṃ (सर्वेषां)Genitive plural of sarva: of all. svaśaktyāpyāyanaṃsvaśaktyāpyāyanaṃ (स्वशक्त्याप्यायनं)The core matches the root śak, “to be able.” kurukuru (कुरु)kuru: the Kuru people/line. Vocative kuru can also be imperative of kṛ, “do!”
[1.9.73] you settled-clearness not sharp-glow of all Vocative kuru can also be imperative of kṛ, “do!”
Word make-up
- tvaṃ (त्वं)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- prasādaṃ (प्रसादं)
- settled-clearness
- pra-sad, “to sit forth, to settle.” Settled clearness; grace as a settling-down of favour. Not a temple sweet.
- prasannātman (प्रसन्नात्मन्)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sannātman.
- prapannānāṃ (प्रपन्नानां)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + pannānāṃ.
- kuruṣva (कुरुष्व)
- kuruṣva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- naḥ (नः)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- tejasāṃ (तेजसां)
- sharp-glow
- Inflected from tejasā. From tij, “to be sharp.” Sharp-glow, brilliance.
- nātha (नाथ)
- nātha is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sarveṣāṃ (सर्वेषां)
- of all
- Genitive plural of sarva: of all.
- svaśaktyāpyāyanaṃ (स्वशक्त्याप्यायनं)
- The core matches the root śak, “to be able.”
- kuru (कुरु)
- Vocative kuru can also be imperative of kṛ, “do!”
- kuru: the Kuru people/line. Vocative kuru can also be imperative of kṛ, “do!”
एवं संस्तूयमानस् तु प्रणतैर् अमरैर् हरिः प्रसन्नदृष्टिर् भगवान् इदम् आह स विश्वकृत्
evaṃevaṃ (एवं)Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” saṃstūyamānassaṃstūyamānas (संस्तूयमानस्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” saṃ- (“together”) + stūyamānas. tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. praṇatairpraṇatair (प्रणतैर्)pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇatair. amarairamarair (अमरैर्)a- (“not”) + marair. hariḥhariḥ (हरिः)hariḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. prasannadṛṣṭirprasannadṛṣṭir (प्रसन्नदृष्टिर्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sannadṛṣṭir. bhagavānbhagavān (भगवान्)bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name. idamidam (इदम्)Neuter of idam: “this” (near). āhaāha (आह)Perfect of ah, “to say.” He said. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” viśvakṛtviśvakṛt (विश्वकृत्)The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + śvakṛt.
[1.9.74] just but pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇatair a- (“not”) + marair the Lord this said he
Word make-up
- evaṃ (एवं)
- just
- Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- saṃstūyamānas (संस्तूयमानस्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” saṃ- (“together”) + stūyamānas.
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- praṇatair (प्रणतैर्)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇatair
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + ṇatair.
- amarair (अमरैर्)
- a- (“not”) + marair
- a- (“not”) + marair.
- hariḥ (हरिः)
- hariḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- prasannadṛṣṭir (प्रसन्नदृष्टिर्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sannadṛṣṭir.
- bhagavān (भगवान्)
- the Lord
- bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name.
- idam (इदम्)
- this
- Neuter of idam: “this” (near).
- āha (आह)
- said
- Perfect of ah, “to say.” He said.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- viśvakṛt (विश्वकृत्)
- The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + śvakṛt.
तेजसो भवतां देवाः करिष्याम्य् उपबृंहणम् वदाम्य् अहं यत् क्रियतां भवद्भिस् तद् इदं सुराः
tejasotejaso (तेजसो)Inflected from tejas. From tij, “to be sharp.” Sharpness, brilliance, the cutting glow. bhavatāṃbhavatāṃ (भवतां)bhavatāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. devāḥdevāḥ (देवाः)From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” kariṣyāmykariṣyāmy (करिष्याम्य्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” upabṛṃhaṇamupabṛṃhaṇam (उपबृंहणम्)upa- (“near, toward”) + bṛṃhaṇam. vadāmyvadāmy (वदाम्य्)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” ahaṃahaṃ (अहं)Nominative of asmad: “I.” yatyat (यत्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. kriyatāṃkriyatāṃ (क्रियतां)kriyatāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhavadbhisbhavadbhis (भवद्भिस्)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. idaṃidaṃ (इदं)Neuter of idam: “this” (near). surāḥsurāḥ (सुराः)sura: a shining one, a god. Parallel to deva (div, “to shine”).
[1.9.75] sharp-glow shining one upa- (“near, toward”) + bṛṃhaṇam I which that this shining one
Word make-up
- tejaso (तेजसो)
- sharp-glow
- Inflected from tejas. From tij, “to be sharp.” Sharpness, brilliance, the cutting glow.
- bhavatāṃ (भवतां)
- bhavatāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- devāḥ (देवाः)
- shining one
- From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- kariṣyāmy (करिष्याम्य्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- upabṛṃhaṇam (उपबृंहणम्)
- upa- (“near, toward”) + bṛṃhaṇam
- upa- (“near, toward”) + bṛṃhaṇam.
- vadāmy (वदाम्य्)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
- ahaṃ (अहं)
- ”
- Nominative of asmad: “I.”
- yat (यत्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- kriyatāṃ (क्रियतां)
- kriyatāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhavadbhis (भवद्भिस्)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- idaṃ (इदं)
- this
- Neuter of idam: “this” (near).
- surāḥ (सुराः)
- shining one
- sura: a shining one, a god. Parallel to deva (div, “to shine”).
आनीय सहिता दैत्यैः क्षीराब्धौ सकलौषधीः मन्थानं मन्दरं कृत्वा नेत्रं कृत्वा तु वासुकिम् मथ्यताम् अमृतं देवाः सहाये मय्य् अवस्थिते
ānīyaānīya (आनीय)The core matches the root nī, “to lead.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + nīya. sahitāsahitā (सहिता)sahitā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. daityaiḥdaityaiḥ (दैत्यैः)daityaiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kṣīrābdhaukṣīrābdhau (क्षीराब्धौ)kṣīrābdhau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sakalauṣadhīḥsakalauṣadhīḥ (सकलौषधीः)sakalauṣadhīḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. manthānaṃmanthānaṃ (मन्थानं)The core matches the root man, “to think.” mandaraṃmandaraṃ (मन्दरं)The core matches the root man, “to think.” kṛtvākṛtvā (कृत्वा)From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing. netraṃnetraṃ (नेत्रं)Inflected from netra. From nī, “to lead” (netra “leader, eye”) and cakṣ, “to see.” The eye as what leads/sees. kṛtvākṛtvā (कृत्वा)From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing. tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. vāsukimvāsukim (वासुकिम्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” mathyatāmmathyatām (मथ्यताम्)mathyatām is used as a grammatical form in this verse. amṛtaṃamṛtaṃ (अमृतं)a- (“not”) + mṛta (mṛ, “to die”). Not-dead; deathless as not having died — still not the same as akṣara (not-perishing). devāḥdevāḥ (देवाः)From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” sahāyesahāye (सहाये)sahāye is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mayymayy (मय्य्)mayy is used as a grammatical form in this verse. avasthiteavasthite (अवस्थिते)ava- (“down, off”) joined to sthite. From sthā, “to stand.” Standing-place; stood; having stood; stands. Together the form means ava + that sense.
[1.9.76] doing eye doing but not-dead shining one standing
Word make-up
- ānīya (आनीय)
- The core matches the root nī, “to lead.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + nīya.
- sahitā (सहिता)
- sahitā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- daityaiḥ (दैत्यैः)
- daityaiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kṣīrābdhau (क्षीराब्धौ)
- kṣīrābdhau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sakalauṣadhīḥ (सकलौषधीः)
- sakalauṣadhīḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- manthānaṃ (मन्थानं)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
- mandaraṃ (मन्दरं)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
- kṛtvā (कृत्वा)
- doing
- From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing.
- netraṃ (नेत्रं)
- eye
- Inflected from netra. From nī, “to lead” (netra “leader, eye”) and cakṣ, “to see.” The eye as what leads/sees.
- kṛtvā (कृत्वा)
- doing
- From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing.
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- vāsukim (वासुकिम्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- mathyatām (मथ्यताम्)
- mathyatām is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- amṛtaṃ (अमृतं)
- not-dead
- a- (“not”) + mṛta (mṛ, “to die”). Not-dead; deathless as not having died — still not the same as akṣara (not-perishing).
- devāḥ (देवाः)
- shining one
- From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- sahāye (सहाये)
- sahāye is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mayy (मय्य्)
- mayy is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- avasthite (अवस्थिते)
- standing
- ava- (“down, off”) joined to sthite. From sthā, “to stand.” Standing-place; stood; having stood; stands. Together the form means ava + that sense.
सामपूर्वं च दैतेयास् तत्र साहाय्यकर्मणि सामान्यफलभोक्तारो यूयं वाच्या भविष्यथ
sāmapūrvaṃsāmapūrvaṃ (सामपूर्वं)The core matches the root pū, “to purify.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” daiteyāsdaiteyās (दैतेयास्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” tatratatra (तत्र)ta- + tra: “in that place, there.” sāhāyyakarmaṇisāhāyyakarmaṇi (साहाय्यकर्मणि)sāhāyyakarmaṇi is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sāmānyaphalabhoktārosāmānyaphalabhoktāro (सामान्यफलभोक्तारो)The core matches the root labh, “to obtain.” yūyaṃyūyaṃ (यूयं)yūyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vācyāvācyā (वाच्या)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” bhaviṣyathabhaviṣyatha (भविष्यथ)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
[1.9.77] and there
Word make-up
- sāmapūrvaṃ (सामपूर्वं)
- The core matches the root pū, “to purify.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- daiteyās (दैतेयास्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- tatra (तत्र)
- there
- ta- + tra: “in that place, there.”
- sāhāyyakarmaṇi (साहाय्यकर्मणि)
- sāhāyyakarmaṇi is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sāmānyaphalabhoktāro (सामान्यफलभोक्तारो)
- The core matches the root labh, “to obtain.”
- yūyaṃ (यूयं)
- yūyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vācyā (वाच्या)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- bhaviṣyatha (भविष्यथ)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
मथ्यमाने च तत्राब्धौ यत् समुत्पद्यते ऽमृतम् तत्पानाद् बलिनो यूयम् अमराश् च भविष्यथ
mathyamānemathyamāne (मथ्यमाने)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” tatrābdhautatrābdhau (तत्राब्धौ)tatrābdhau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yatyat (यत्)Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. samutpadyatesamutpadyate (समुत्पद्यते)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” sam- (“together”) + utpadyate. 'mṛtam'mṛtam (ऽमृतम्)The core matches the root mṛ, “to die.” tatpānādtatpānād (तत्पानाद्)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” balinobalino (बलिनो)balino is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yūyamyūyam (यूयम्)yūyam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. amarāśamarāś (अमराश्)a- (“not”) + marāś. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” bhaviṣyathabhaviṣyatha (भविष्यथ)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
[1.9.78] and which a- (“not”) + marāś and
Word make-up
- mathyamāne (मथ्यमाने)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- tatrābdhau (तत्राब्धौ)
- tatrābdhau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yat (यत्)
- which
- Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- samutpadyate (समुत्पद्यते)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” sam- (“together”) + utpadyate.
- 'mṛtam (ऽमृतम्)
- The core matches the root mṛ, “to die.”
- tatpānād (तत्पानाद्)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- balino (बलिनो)
- balino is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yūyam (यूयम्)
- yūyam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- amarāś (अमराश्)
- a- (“not”) + marāś
- a- (“not”) + marāś.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- bhaviṣyatha (भविष्यथ)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
तथा चाहं करिष्यामि ते यथा त्रिदशद्विषः न प्राप्स्यन्त्य् अमृतं देवाः केवलं क्लेशभागिनः
tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” cāhaṃcāhaṃ (चाहं)cāhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kariṣyāmikariṣyāmi (करिष्यामि)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. yathāyathā (यथा)ya- + thā: “in which way, as.” tridaśadviṣaḥtridaśadviṣaḥ (त्रिदशद्विषः)The core matches the root dviṣ, “to hate.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” prāpsyantyprāpsyanty (प्राप्स्यन्त्य्)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” amṛtaṃamṛtaṃ (अमृतं)a- (“not”) + mṛta (mṛ, “to die”). Not-dead; deathless as not having died — still not the same as akṣara (not-perishing). devāḥdevāḥ (देवाः)From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” kevalaṃkevalaṃ (केवलं)kevalaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kleśabhāginaḥkleśabhāginaḥ (क्लेशभागिनः)kleśabhāginaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.79] so you as not not-dead shining one
Word make-up
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- cāhaṃ (चाहं)
- cāhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kariṣyāmi (करिष्यामि)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- yathā (यथा)
- as
- ya- + thā: “in which way, as.”
- tridaśadviṣaḥ (त्रिदशद्विषः)
- The core matches the root dviṣ, “to hate.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- prāpsyanty (प्राप्स्यन्त्य्)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- amṛtaṃ (अमृतं)
- not-dead
- a- (“not”) + mṛta (mṛ, “to die”). Not-dead; deathless as not having died — still not the same as akṣara (not-perishing).
- devāḥ (देवाः)
- shining one
- From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- kevalaṃ (केवलं)
- kevalaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kleśabhāginaḥ (क्लेशभागिनः)
- kleśabhāginaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
इत्य् उक्ता देवदेवेन सर्व एव ततः सुराः संधानम् असुरैः कृत्वा यत्नवन्तो ऽमृते ऽभवन्
ityity (इत्य्)ity is used as a grammatical form in this verse. uktāuktā (उक्ता)Inflected from ukta. Past participle of vac: said. devadevenadevadevena (देवदेवेन)Inflected from devadeva. deva + deva: shining one of shining ones. sarvasarva (सर्व)sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover. evaeva (एव)Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” tataḥtataḥ (ततः)From tad + tas: “from that, then.” surāḥsurāḥ (सुराः)sura: a shining one, a god. Parallel to deva (div, “to shine”). saṃdhānamsaṃdhānam (संधानम्)The core matches the root nam, “to bow.” saṃ- (“together”) + dhānam. asuraiḥasuraiḥ (असुरैः)Inflected from asura. Often a- + sura, but older asu-ra “possessing life-breath.” In the Gītā: the anti-god, the not-shining rival of the deva. kṛtvākṛtvā (कृत्वा)From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing. yatnavantoyatnavanto (यत्नवन्तो)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” 'mṛte'mṛte (ऽमृते)The core matches the root mṛ, “to die.” 'bhavan'bhavan (ऽभवन्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
[1.9.80] said god of gods all just then shining one anti-god doing
Word make-up
- ity (इत्य्)
- ity is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- uktā (उक्ता)
- said
- Inflected from ukta. Past participle of vac: said.
- devadevena (देवदेवेन)
- god of gods
- Inflected from devadeva. deva + deva: shining one of shining ones.
- sarva (सर्व)
- all
- sarva: whole, all. The entire, not a leftover.
- eva (एव)
- just
- Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- tataḥ (ततः)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
- surāḥ (सुराः)
- shining one
- sura: a shining one, a god. Parallel to deva (div, “to shine”).
- saṃdhānam (संधानम्)
- The core matches the root nam, “to bow.” saṃ- (“together”) + dhānam.
- asuraiḥ (असुरैः)
- anti-god
- Inflected from asura. Often a- + sura, but older asu-ra “possessing life-breath.” In the Gītā: the anti-god, the not-shining rival of the deva.
- kṛtvā (कृत्वा)
- doing
- From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing.
- yatnavanto (यत्नवन्तो)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- 'mṛte (ऽमृते)
- The core matches the root mṛ, “to die.”
- 'bhavan (ऽभवन्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
नानौषधीः समानीय देवदैतेयदानवाः क्षिप्त्वा क्षीराब्धिपयसि शरदभ्रामलत्विषि
nānauṣadhīḥnānauṣadhīḥ (नानौषधीः)nānauṣadhīḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. samānīyasamānīya (समानीय)The core matches the root nī, “to lead.” sam- (“together”) + ānīya. devadaiteyadānavāḥdevadaiteyadānavāḥ (देवदैतेयदानवाः)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” kṣiptvākṣiptvā (क्षिप्त्वा)The core matches the root kṣi, “to dwell / to destroy.” kṣīrābdhipayasikṣīrābdhipayasi (क्षीराब्धिपयसि)The core matches the root as, “to be.” śaradabhrāmalatviṣiśaradabhrāmalatviṣi (शरदभ्रामलत्विषि)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
[1.9.81]
Word make-up
- nānauṣadhīḥ (नानौषधीः)
- nānauṣadhīḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- samānīya (समानीय)
- The core matches the root nī, “to lead.” sam- (“together”) + ānīya.
- devadaiteyadānavāḥ (देवदैतेयदानवाः)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
- kṣiptvā (क्षिप्त्वा)
- The core matches the root kṣi, “to dwell / to destroy.”
- kṣīrābdhipayasi (क्षीराब्धिपयसि)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- śaradabhrāmalatviṣi (शरदभ्रामलत्विषि)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
मन्थानं मन्दरं कृत्वा नेत्रं कृत्वा च वासुकिम् ततो मथितुम् आरब्धा मैत्रेय तरसामृतम्
manthānaṃmanthānaṃ (मन्थानं)The core matches the root man, “to think.” mandaraṃmandaraṃ (मन्दरं)The core matches the root man, “to think.” kṛtvākṛtvā (कृत्वा)From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing. netraṃnetraṃ (नेत्रं)Inflected from netra. From nī, “to lead” (netra “leader, eye”) and cakṣ, “to see.” The eye as what leads/sees. kṛtvākṛtvā (कृत्वा)From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” vāsukimvāsukim (वासुकिम्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” tatotato (ततो)Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. mathitummathitum (मथितुम्)mathitum is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ārabdhāārabdhā (आरब्धा)The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + rabdhā. maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tarasāmṛtamtarasāmṛtam (तरसामृतम्)The core matches the root mṛ, “to die.”
[1.9.82] doing eye doing and that
Word make-up
- manthānaṃ (मन्थानं)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
- mandaraṃ (मन्दरं)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
- kṛtvā (कृत्वा)
- doing
- From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing.
- netraṃ (नेत्रं)
- eye
- Inflected from netra. From nī, “to lead” (netra “leader, eye”) and cakṣ, “to see.” The eye as what leads/sees.
- kṛtvā (कृत्वा)
- doing
- From kṛ, “to do, to make.” To do; having done; doing.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- vāsukim (वासुकिम्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- tato (ततो)
- that
- Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- mathitum (मथितुम्)
- mathitum is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ārabdhā (आरब्धा)
- The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + rabdhā.
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tarasāmṛtam (तरसामृतम्)
- The core matches the root mṛ, “to die.”
विबुधाः सहिताः सर्वे यतः पुच्छं ततः कृताः कृष्णेन वासुकेर् दैत्याः पूर्वकाये निवेशिताः
vibudhāḥvibudhāḥ (विबुधाः)The core matches the root budh, “to wake, to be aware.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + budhāḥ. sahitāḥsahitāḥ (सहिताः)sahitāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sarvesarve (सर्वे)Nominative plural of sarva: “all.” yataḥyataḥ (यतः)Inflected from yat. Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-. pucchaṃpucchaṃ (पुच्छं)pucchaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tataḥtataḥ (ततः)From tad + tas: “from that, then.” kṛtāḥkṛtāḥ (कृताः)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” kṛṣṇenakṛṣṇena (कृष्णेन)Inflected from kṛṣṇa. kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa. vāsukervāsuker (वासुकेर्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” daityāḥdaityāḥ (दैत्याः)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” pūrvakāyepūrvakāye (पूर्वकाये)The core matches the root pū, “to purify.” niveśitāḥniveśitāḥ (निवेशिताः)ni- (“down, in”) + veśitāḥ.
[1.9.83] all which then Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa ni- (“down, in”) + veśitāḥ
Word make-up
- vibudhāḥ (विबुधाः)
- The core matches the root budh, “to wake, to be aware.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + budhāḥ.
- sahitāḥ (सहिताः)
- sahitāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sarve (सर्वे)
- all
- Nominative plural of sarva: “all.”
- yataḥ (यतः)
- which
- Inflected from yat. Neuter of yad: “which, what, that.” Relative stem ya-.
- pucchaṃ (पुच्छं)
- pucchaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tataḥ (ततः)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
- kṛtāḥ (कृताः)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
- kṛṣṇena (कृष्णेन)
- Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa
- Inflected from kṛṣṇa. kṛṣṇa: dark, black. From kṛṣ, “to draw, to drag,” or as the dark colour. The dark one. Vocative: O Kṛṣṇa.
- vāsuker (वासुकेर्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- daityāḥ (दैत्याः)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- pūrvakāye (पूर्वकाये)
- The core matches the root pū, “to purify.”
- niveśitāḥ (निवेशिताः)
- ni- (“down, in”) + veśitāḥ
- ni- (“down, in”) + veśitāḥ.
ते तस्य फणनिःश्वासवह्निनापहतत्विषः निस्तेजसो ऽसुराः सर्वे बभूवुर् अमितद्युते
tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. tasyatasya (तस्य)Genitive of tad: “of that, his.” phaṇaniḥśvāsavahnināpahatatviṣaḥphaṇaniḥśvāsavahnināpahatatviṣaḥ (फणनिःश्वासवह्निनापहतत्विषः)The core matches the root vah, “to carry.” nistejasonistejaso (निस्तेजसो)The core matches the root as, “to be.” ni- (“down, in”) + stejaso. 'surāḥ'surāḥ (ऽसुराः)'surāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sarvesarve (सर्वे)Nominative plural of sarva: “all.” babhūvurbabhūvur (बभूवुर्)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” amitadyuteamitadyute (अमितद्युते)a- (“not”) + mitadyute.
[1.9.84] you of that all a- (“not”) + mitadyute
Word make-up
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- tasya (तस्य)
- of that
- Genitive of tad: “of that, his.”
- phaṇaniḥśvāsavahnināpahatatviṣaḥ (फणनिःश्वासवह्निनापहतत्विषः)
- The core matches the root vah, “to carry.”
- nistejaso (निस्तेजसो)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” ni- (“down, in”) + stejaso.
- 'surāḥ (ऽसुराः)
- 'surāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sarve (सर्वे)
- all
- Nominative plural of sarva: “all.”
- babhūvur (बभूवुर्)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- amitadyute (अमितद्युते)
- a- (“not”) + mitadyute
- a- (“not”) + mitadyute.
तेनैव मुखनिःश्वासवायुनास्तबलाहकैः पुच्छप्रदेशे वर्षद्भिस् तदा चाप्यायिताः सुराः
tenaivatenaiva (तेनैव)tenaiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mukhaniḥśvāsavāyunāstabalāhakaiḥmukhaniḥśvāsavāyunāstabalāhakaiḥ (मुखनिःश्वासवायुनास्तबलाहकैः)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” pucchapradeśepucchapradeśe (पुच्छप्रदेशे)pucchapradeśe is used as a grammatical form in this verse. varṣadbhisvarṣadbhis (वर्षद्भिस्)varṣadbhis is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” cāpyāyitāḥcāpyāyitāḥ (चाप्यायिताः)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” surāḥsurāḥ (सुराः)sura: a shining one, a god. Parallel to deva (div, “to shine”).
[1.9.85] then shining one
Word make-up
- tenaiva (तेनैव)
- tenaiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mukhaniḥśvāsavāyunāstabalāhakaiḥ (मुखनिःश्वासवायुनास्तबलाहकैः)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
- pucchapradeśe (पुच्छप्रदेशे)
- pucchapradeśe is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- varṣadbhis (वर्षद्भिस्)
- varṣadbhis is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- cāpyāyitāḥ (चाप्यायिताः)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- surāḥ (सुराः)
- shining one
- sura: a shining one, a god. Parallel to deva (div, “to shine”).
क्षीरोदमध्ये भगवान् कूर्मरूपी स्वयं हरिः मन्दराद्रेर् अधिष्ठानं भ्रमतो ऽभून् महामुने
kṣīrodamadhyekṣīrodamadhye (क्षीरोदमध्ये)The core matches the root dam, “to tame.” bhagavānbhagavān (भगवान्)bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name. kūrmarūpīkūrmarūpī (कूर्मरूपी)kūrmarūpī is used as a grammatical form in this verse. svayaṃsvayaṃ (स्वयं)sva + yam: by oneself; of one’s own accord. hariḥhariḥ (हरिः)hariḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mandarādrermandarādrer (मन्दराद्रेर्)The core matches the root man, “to think.” adhiṣṭhānaṃadhiṣṭhānaṃ (अधिष्ठानं)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” adhi- (“over, concerning, unto”) + ṣṭhānaṃ. bhramatobhramato (भ्रमतो)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” 'bhūn'bhūn (ऽभून्)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” mahāmunemahāmune (महामुने)mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.86] the Lord oneself
Word make-up
- kṣīrodamadhye (क्षीरोदमध्ये)
- The core matches the root dam, “to tame.”
- bhagavān (भगवान्)
- the Lord
- bhaga (“share, portion, majesty,” from bhaj “to share”) + -vant “possessing.” One who has the share of majesty. The Lord as the one possessed of majesty, not a first name.
- kūrmarūpī (कूर्मरूपी)
- kūrmarūpī is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- svayaṃ (स्वयं)
- oneself
- sva + yam: by oneself; of one’s own accord.
- hariḥ (हरिः)
- hariḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mandarādrer (मन्दराद्रेर्)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
- adhiṣṭhānaṃ (अधिष्ठानं)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” adhi- (“over, concerning, unto”) + ṣṭhānaṃ.
- bhramato (भ्रमतो)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- 'bhūn (ऽभून्)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- mahāmune (महामुने)
- mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
रूपेणान्येन देवानां मध्ये चक्रगदाधरः चकर्ष नागराजानं दैत्यमध्ये ऽपरेण च
rūpeṇānyenarūpeṇānyena (रूपेणान्येन)rūpeṇānyena is used as a grammatical form in this verse. devānāṃdevānāṃ (देवानां)From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” madhyemadhye (मध्ये)madhya: middle. cakragadādharaḥcakragadādharaḥ (चक्रगदाधरः)The core matches the root dā, “to give.” cakarṣacakarṣa (चकर्ष)cakarṣa is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nāgarājānaṃnāgarājānaṃ (नागराजानं)The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.” daityamadhyedaityamadhye (दैत्यमध्ये)daityamadhye is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'pareṇa'pareṇa (ऽपरेण)'pareṇa is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
[1.9.87] shining one middle and
Word make-up
- rūpeṇānyena (रूपेणान्येन)
- rūpeṇānyena is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- devānāṃ (देवानां)
- shining one
- From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- madhye (मध्ये)
- middle
- madhya: middle.
- cakragadādharaḥ (चक्रगदाधरः)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
- cakarṣa (चकर्ष)
- cakarṣa is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- nāgarājānaṃ (नागराजानं)
- The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.”
- daityamadhye (दैत्यमध्ये)
- daityamadhye is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'pareṇa (ऽपरेण)
- 'pareṇa is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
उपर्य् आक्रान्तवाञ् छैलं बृहद्रूपेण केशवः तथापरेण मैत्रेय यन् न दृष्टं सुरासुरैः
uparyupary (उपर्य्)upary is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ākrāntavāñākrāntavāñ (आक्रान्तवाञ्)ā- (“unto, fully”) + krāntavāñ. chailaṃchailaṃ (छैलं)chailaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bṛhadrūpeṇabṛhadrūpeṇa (बृहद्रूपेण)The core matches the root bṛh, “to swell, to grow vast.” keśavaḥkeśavaḥ (केशवः)keśa (“hair”) + -va: having fine hair; or slayer of Keśin. A name of Kṛṣṇa. tathāpareṇatathāpareṇa (तथापरेण)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yanyan (यन्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” dṛṣṭaṃdṛṣṭaṃ (दृष्टं)From dṛś, “to see” (present paśya-). Sees; see!; I see; seeing; to see; having seen. surāsuraiḥsurāsuraiḥ (सुरासुरैः)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” su- (“well, good”) + rāsuraiḥ.
[1.9.88] ā- (“unto, fully”) + krāntavāñ keśavaḥ not seeing
Word make-up
- upary (उपर्य्)
- upary is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ākrāntavāñ (आक्रान्तवाञ्)
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + krāntavāñ
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + krāntavāñ.
- chailaṃ (छैलं)
- chailaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bṛhadrūpeṇa (बृहद्रूपेण)
- The core matches the root bṛh, “to swell, to grow vast.”
- keśavaḥ (केशवः)
- A name of Kṛṣṇa
- keśa (“hair”) + -va: having fine hair; or slayer of Keśin. A name of Kṛṣṇa.
- tathāpareṇa (तथापरेण)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yan (यन्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- dṛṣṭaṃ (दृष्टं)
- seeing
- From dṛś, “to see” (present paśya-). Sees; see!; I see; seeing; to see; having seen.
- surāsuraiḥ (सुरासुरैः)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” su- (“well, good”) + rāsuraiḥ.
तेजसा नागराजानं तथाप्यायितवान् हरिः अन्येन तेजसा देवान् उपबृंहितवान् विभुः
tejasātejasā (तेजसा)From tij, “to be sharp.” Sharp-glow, brilliance. nāgarājānaṃnāgarājānaṃ (नागराजानं)The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.” tathāpyāyitavāntathāpyāyitavān (तथाप्यायितवान्)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” hariḥhariḥ (हरिः)hariḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. anyenaanyena (अन्येन)Inflected from anya. Nominative singular of anya: “another.” tejasātejasā (तेजसा)From tij, “to be sharp.” Sharp-glow, brilliance. devāndevān (देवान्)From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” upabṛṃhitavānupabṛṃhitavān (उपबृंहितवान्)upa- (“near, toward”) + bṛṃhitavān. vibhuḥvibhuḥ (विभुः)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + bhuḥ.
[1.9.89] sharp-glow another sharp-glow shining one upa- (“near, toward”) + bṛṃhitavān
Word make-up
- tejasā (तेजसा)
- sharp-glow
- From tij, “to be sharp.” Sharp-glow, brilliance.
- nāgarājānaṃ (नागराजानं)
- The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.”
- tathāpyāyitavān (तथाप्यायितवान्)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- hariḥ (हरिः)
- hariḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- anyena (अन्येन)
- another
- Inflected from anya. Nominative singular of anya: “another.”
- tejasā (तेजसा)
- sharp-glow
- From tij, “to be sharp.” Sharp-glow, brilliance.
- devān (देवान्)
- shining one
- From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- upabṛṃhitavān (उपबृंहितवान्)
- upa- (“near, toward”) + bṛṃhitavān
- upa- (“near, toward”) + bṛṃhitavān.
- vibhuḥ (विभुः)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + bhuḥ.
मथ्यमाने ततस् तस्मिन् क्षीराब्धौ देवदानवैः हविर्धामाभवत् पूर्वं सुरभिः सुरपूजिता
mathyamānemathyamāne (मथ्यमाने)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” tatastatas (ततस्)From tad + tas: “from that, then.” tasmintasmin (तस्मिन्)Locative of tad: “in that.” kṣīrābdhaukṣīrābdhau (क्षीराब्धौ)kṣīrābdhau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. devadānavaiḥdevadānavaiḥ (देवदानवैः)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” havirdhāmābhavathavirdhāmābhavat (हविर्धामाभवत्)The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” pūrvaṃpūrvaṃ (पूर्वं)The core matches the root pū, “to purify.” surabhiḥsurabhiḥ (सुरभिः)Inflected from sura. sura: a shining one, a god. Parallel to deva (div, “to shine”). surapūjitāsurapūjitā (सुरपूजिता)The core matches the root pūj, “to honour.” su- (“well, good”) + rapūjitā.
[1.9.90] then in that shining one
Word make-up
- mathyamāne (मथ्यमाने)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- tatas (ततस्)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
- tasmin (तस्मिन्)
- in that
- Locative of tad: “in that.”
- kṣīrābdhau (क्षीराब्धौ)
- kṣīrābdhau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- devadānavaiḥ (देवदानवैः)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
- havirdhāmābhavat (हविर्धामाभवत्)
- The core matches the root dhā, “to place.”
- pūrvaṃ (पूर्वं)
- The core matches the root pū, “to purify.”
- surabhiḥ (सुरभिः)
- shining one
- Inflected from sura. sura: a shining one, a god. Parallel to deva (div, “to shine”).
- surapūjitā (सुरपूजिता)
- The core matches the root pūj, “to honour.” su- (“well, good”) + rapūjitā.
जग्मुर् मुदं ततो देवा दानवाश् च महामुने व्याक्षिप्तचेतसश् चैव बभूवुः स्तिमितेक्षणाः
jagmurjagmur (जग्मुर्)jagmur is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mudaṃmudaṃ (मुदं)The core matches the root mud, “to be glad.” tatotato (ततो)Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. devādevā (देवा)From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” dānavāśdānavāś (दानवाश्)The core matches the root dā, “to give.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” mahāmunemahāmune (महामुने)mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vyākṣiptacetasaśvyākṣiptacetasaś (व्याक्षिप्तचेतसश्)The core matches the root kṣi, “to dwell / to destroy.” caivacaiva (चैव)caiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. babhūvuḥbabhūvuḥ (बभूवुः)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” stimitekṣaṇāḥstimitekṣaṇāḥ (स्तिमितेक्षणाः)stimitekṣaṇāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.91] that shining one and
Word make-up
- jagmur (जग्मुर्)
- jagmur is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mudaṃ (मुदं)
- The core matches the root mud, “to be glad.”
- tato (ततो)
- that
- Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- devā (देवा)
- shining one
- From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- dānavāś (दानवाश्)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- mahāmune (महामुने)
- mahāmune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vyākṣiptacetasaś (व्याक्षिप्तचेतसश्)
- The core matches the root kṣi, “to dwell / to destroy.”
- caiva (चैव)
- caiva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- babhūvuḥ (बभूवुः)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- stimitekṣaṇāḥ (स्तिमितेक्षणाः)
- stimitekṣaṇāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
किम् एतद् इति सिद्धानां दिवि चिन्तयतां ततः बभूव वारुणी देवी मदाघूर्णितलोचना
kimkim (किम्)Neuter interrogative: “what? why?” etadetad (एतद्)Neuter of etad: “this here.” e- + tad. itiiti (इति)Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought. siddhānāṃsiddhānāṃ (सिद्धानां)The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” dividivi (दिवि)The core matches the root div, “to shine.” cintayatāṃcintayatāṃ (चिन्तयतां)The core matches the root cint, “to think.” tataḥtataḥ (ततः)From tad + tas: “from that, then.” babhūvababhūva (बभूव)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” vāruṇīvāruṇī (वारुणी)vāruṇī is used as a grammatical form in this verse. devīdevī (देवी)Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” madāghūrṇitalocanāmadāghūrṇitalocanā (मदाघूर्णितलोचना)The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
[1.9.92] what this thus then shining one
Word make-up
- kim (किम्)
- what
- Neuter interrogative: “what? why?”
- etad (एतद्)
- this
- Neuter of etad: “this here.” e- + tad.
- iti (इति)
- thus
- Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought.
- siddhānāṃ (सिद्धानां)
- The core matches the root dhā, “to place.”
- divi (दिवि)
- The core matches the root div, “to shine.”
- cintayatāṃ (चिन्तयतां)
- The core matches the root cint, “to think.”
- tataḥ (ततः)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
- babhūva (बभूव)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- vāruṇī (वारुणी)
- vāruṇī is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- devī (देवी)
- shining one
- Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- madāghūrṇitalocanā (मदाघूर्णितलोचना)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
कृतावर्तात् ततस् तस्मात् क्षीरोदाद् वासयञ् जगत् गन्धेन पारिजातो ऽभूद् देवस्त्रीनन्दनस् तरुः
kṛtāvartātkṛtāvartāt (कृतावर्तात्)The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.” tatastatas (ततस्)From tad + tas: “from that, then.” tasmāttasmāt (तस्मात्)Ablative of tad: “from that”; often “therefore.” kṣīrodādkṣīrodād (क्षीरोदाद्)The core matches the root dā, “to give.” vāsayañvāsayañ (वासयञ्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” jagatjagat (जगत्)From gam, “to go” (intensive): that which keeps going, the moving world. gandhenagandhena (गन्धेन)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” pārijātopārijāto (पारिजातो)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” 'bhūd'bhūd (ऽभूद्)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” devastrīnandanasdevastrīnandanas (देवस्त्रीनन्दनस्)The core matches the root nand, “to rejoice.” taruḥtaruḥ (तरुः)taruḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.93] then therefore the moving world
Word make-up
- kṛtāvartāt (कृतावर्तात्)
- The core matches the root kṛ, “to do, to make.”
- tatas (ततस्)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
- tasmāt (तस्मात्)
- therefore
- Ablative of tad: “from that”; often “therefore.”
- kṣīrodād (क्षीरोदाद्)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
- vāsayañ (वासयञ्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- jagat (जगत्)
- the moving world
- From gam, “to go” (intensive): that which keeps going, the moving world.
- gandhena (गन्धेन)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- pārijāto (पारिजातो)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- 'bhūd (ऽभूद्)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- devastrīnandanas (देवस्त्रीनन्दनस्)
- The core matches the root nand, “to rejoice.”
- taruḥ (तरुः)
- taruḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
रूपौदार्यगुणोपेतस् ततश् चाप्सरसां गणः क्षीरोदधेः समुत्पन्नो मैत्रेय परमाद्भुतः
rūpaudāryaguṇopetasrūpaudāryaguṇopetas (रूपौदार्यगुणोपेतस्)The core matches the root dā, “to give.” tataśtataś (ततश्)tataś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. cāpsarasāṃcāpsarasāṃ (चाप्सरसां)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” gaṇaḥgaṇaḥ (गणः)gaṇa: a troop, a flock, a counted group. kṣīrodadheḥkṣīrodadheḥ (क्षीरोदधेः)kṣīrodadheḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. samutpannosamutpanno (समुत्पन्नो)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” sam- (“together”) + utpanno. maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. paramādbhutaḥparamādbhutaḥ (परमाद्भुतः)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
[1.9.94] troop
Word make-up
- rūpaudāryaguṇopetas (रूपौदार्यगुणोपेतस्)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
- tataś (ततश्)
- tataś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- cāpsarasāṃ (चाप्सरसां)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- gaṇaḥ (गणः)
- troop
- gaṇa: a troop, a flock, a counted group.
- kṣīrodadheḥ (क्षीरोदधेः)
- kṣīrodadheḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- samutpanno (समुत्पन्नो)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” sam- (“together”) + utpanno.
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- paramādbhutaḥ (परमाद्भुतः)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
ततः शीतांशुर् अभवज् जगृहे तं महेश्वरः जगृहुश् च विषं नागाः क्षीरोदाब्धिसमुत्थितम्
tataḥtataḥ (ततः)From tad + tas: “from that, then.” śītāṃśurśītāṃśur (शीतांशुर्)The core matches the root śī, “to lie.” abhavajabhavaj (अभवज्)a- (“not”) + bhavaj. jagṛhejagṛhe (जगृहे)jagṛhe is used as a grammatical form in this verse. taṃtaṃ (तं)Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.” maheśvaraḥmaheśvaraḥ (महेश्वरः)maheśvaraḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. jagṛhuśjagṛhuś (जगृहुश्)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” viṣaṃviṣaṃ (विषं)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣaṃ. nāgāḥnāgāḥ (नागाः)nāgāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kṣīrodābdhisamutthitamkṣīrodābdhisamutthitam (क्षीरोदाब्धिसमुत्थितम्)The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
[1.9.95] then a- (“not”) + bhavaj him and
Word make-up
- tataḥ (ततः)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
- śītāṃśur (शीतांशुर्)
- The core matches the root śī, “to lie.”
- abhavaj (अभवज्)
- a- (“not”) + bhavaj
- a- (“not”) + bhavaj.
- jagṛhe (जगृहे)
- jagṛhe is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- taṃ (तं)
- him
- Accusative masculine of tad: “him, that.”
- maheśvaraḥ (महेश्वरः)
- maheśvaraḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- jagṛhuś (जगृहुश्)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- viṣaṃ (विषं)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣaṃ.
- nāgāḥ (नागाः)
- nāgāḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kṣīrodābdhisamutthitam (क्षीरोदाब्धिसमुत्थितम्)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
ततो धन्वन्तरिर् देवः श्वेताम्बरधरः स्वयम् बिभ्रत्कमण्डलुं पूर्णम् अमृतस्य समुत्थितः
tatotato (ततो)Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. dhanvantarirdhanvantarir (धन्वन्तरिर्)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” devaḥdevaḥ (देवः)From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” śvetāmbaradharaḥśvetāmbaradharaḥ (श्वेताम्बरधरः)śvetāmbaradharaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. svayamsvayam (स्वयम्)sva + yam: by oneself; of one’s own accord. bibhratkamaṇḍaluṃbibhratkamaṇḍaluṃ (बिभ्रत्कमण्डलुं)The core matches the root kam, “to desire.” pūrṇampūrṇam (पूर्णम्)From pṝ, “to fill.” Filled, full. amṛtasyaamṛtasya (अमृतस्य)a- (“not”) + mṛta (mṛ, “to die”). Not-dead; deathless as not having died — still not the same as akṣara (not-perishing). samutthitaḥsamutthitaḥ (समुत्थितः)sam- (“together”) + utthitaḥ.
[1.9.96] that shining one oneself full not-dead sam- (“together”) + utthitaḥ
Word make-up
- tato (ततो)
- that
- Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- dhanvantarir (धन्वन्तरिर्)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
- devaḥ (देवः)
- shining one
- From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- śvetāmbaradharaḥ (श्वेताम्बरधरः)
- śvetāmbaradharaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- svayam (स्वयम्)
- oneself
- sva + yam: by oneself; of one’s own accord.
- bibhratkamaṇḍaluṃ (बिभ्रत्कमण्डलुं)
- The core matches the root kam, “to desire.”
- pūrṇam (पूर्णम्)
- full
- From pṝ, “to fill.” Filled, full.
- amṛtasya (अमृतस्य)
- not-dead
- a- (“not”) + mṛta (mṛ, “to die”). Not-dead; deathless as not having died — still not the same as akṣara (not-perishing).
- samutthitaḥ (समुत्थितः)
- sam- (“together”) + utthitaḥ
- sam- (“together”) + utthitaḥ.
ततः स्वस्थमनस्कास् ते सर्वे दैतेयदानवाः बभूवुर् मुदिताः सद्यो मैत्रेय मुनिभिः सह
tataḥtataḥ (ततः)From tad + tas: “from that, then.” svasthamanaskāssvasthamanaskās (स्वस्थमनस्कास्)The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.” tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. sarvesarve (सर्वे)Nominative plural of sarva: “all.” daiteyadānavāḥdaiteyadānavāḥ (दैतेयदानवाः)The core matches the root dā, “to give.” babhūvurbabhūvur (बभूवुर्)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” muditāḥmuditāḥ (मुदिताः)The core matches the root mud, “to be glad.” sadyosadyo (सद्यो)The core matches the root sad, “to sit.” maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. munibhiḥmunibhiḥ (मुनिभिः)Inflected from muni. From man, “to think,” or maun “silence.” The thinker / the silent one. sahasaha (सह)Indeclinable: “with, together.”
[1.9.97] then you all silent thinker with
Word make-up
- tataḥ (ततः)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
- svasthamanaskās (स्वस्थमनस्कास्)
- The core matches the root vas, “to dwell.”
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- sarve (सर्वे)
- all
- Nominative plural of sarva: “all.”
- daiteyadānavāḥ (दैतेयदानवाः)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
- babhūvur (बभूवुर्)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- muditāḥ (मुदिताः)
- The core matches the root mud, “to be glad.”
- sadyo (सद्यो)
- The core matches the root sad, “to sit.”
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- munibhiḥ (मुनिभिः)
- silent thinker
- Inflected from muni. From man, “to think,” or maun “silence.” The thinker / the silent one.
- saha (सह)
- with
- Indeclinable: “with, together.”
ततः स्फुरत्कान्तिमती विकासिकमले स्थिता श्रीर् देवी पयसस् तस्माद् उत्थिता धृतपङ्कजा
tataḥtataḥ (ततः)From tad + tas: “from that, then.” sphuratkāntimatīsphuratkāntimatī (स्फुरत्कान्तिमती)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” vikāsikamalevikāsikamale (विकासिकमले)The core matches the root kam, “to desire.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + kāsikamale. sthitāsthitā (स्थिता)Inflected from sthita. From sthā, “to stand.” Standing-place; stood; having stood; stands. śrīrśrīr (श्रीर्)śrīr is used as a grammatical form in this verse. devīdevī (देवी)Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” payasaspayasas (पयसस्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” tasmādtasmād (तस्माद्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” utthitāutthitā (उत्थिता)ut- (“up, out”) + thitā. dhṛtapaṅkajādhṛtapaṅkajā (धृतपङ्कजा)The core matches the root tap, “to heat.”
[1.9.98] then standing shining one ut- (“up, out”) + thitā
Word make-up
- tataḥ (ततः)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
- sphuratkāntimatī (स्फुरत्कान्तिमती)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.”
- vikāsikamale (विकासिकमले)
- The core matches the root kam, “to desire.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + kāsikamale.
- sthitā (स्थिता)
- standing
- Inflected from sthita. From sthā, “to stand.” Standing-place; stood; having stood; stands.
- śrīr (श्रीर्)
- śrīr is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- devī (देवी)
- shining one
- Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- payasas (पयसस्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- tasmād (तस्माद्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- utthitā (उत्थिता)
- ut- (“up, out”) + thitā
- ut- (“up, out”) + thitā.
- dhṛtapaṅkajā (धृतपङ्कजा)
- The core matches the root tap, “to heat.”
तां तुष्टुवुर् मुदा युक्ताः श्रीसूक्तेन महर्षयः
tāṃtāṃ (तां)tāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tuṣṭuvurtuṣṭuvur (तुष्टुवुर्)tuṣṭuvur is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mudāmudā (मुदा)The core matches the root mud, “to be glad.” yuktāḥyuktāḥ (युक्ताः)From yuj, “to yoke, to join.” Is yoked; yoked; having yoked. śrīsūktenaśrīsūktena (श्रीसूक्तेन)śrīsūktena is used as a grammatical form in this verse. maharṣayaḥmaharṣayaḥ (महर्षयः)mahā + ṛṣi: great seer.
[1.9.99] yoked great seer
Word make-up
- tāṃ (तां)
- tāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tuṣṭuvur (तुष्टुवुर्)
- tuṣṭuvur is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mudā (मुदा)
- The core matches the root mud, “to be glad.”
- yuktāḥ (युक्ताः)
- yoked
- From yuj, “to yoke, to join.” Is yoked; yoked; having yoked.
- śrīsūktena (श्रीसूक्तेन)
- śrīsūktena is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- maharṣayaḥ (महर्षयः)
- great seer
- mahā + ṛṣi: great seer.
विश्वावसुमुखास् तस्या गन्धर्वाः पुरतो जगुः घृताचीप्रमुखा ब्रह्मन् ननृतुश् चाप्सरोगणाः
viśvāvasumukhāsviśvāvasumukhās (विश्वावसुमुखास्)The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + śvāvasumukhās. tasyātasyā (तस्या)Inflected from tasya. Genitive of tad: “of that, his.” gandharvāḥgandharvāḥ (गन्धर्वाः)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” puratopurato (पुरतो)purato is used as a grammatical form in this verse. jaguḥjaguḥ (जगुः)jaguḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ghṛtācīpramukhāghṛtācīpramukhā (घृताचीप्रमुखा)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” brahmanbrahman (ब्रह्मन्)Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class. nanṛtuśnanṛtuś (ननृतुश्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” cāpsarogaṇāḥcāpsarogaṇāḥ (चाप्सरोगणाः)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
[1.9.100] of that that-which-is-vast (brahman)
Word make-up
- viśvāvasumukhās (विश्वावसुमुखास्)
- The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + śvāvasumukhās.
- tasyā (तस्या)
- of that
- Inflected from tasya. Genitive of tad: “of that, his.”
- gandharvāḥ (गन्धर्वाः)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- purato (पुरतो)
- purato is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- jaguḥ (जगुः)
- jaguḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ghṛtācīpramukhā (घृताचीप्रमुखा)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- brahman (ब्रह्मन्)
- that-which-is-vast (brahman)
- Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class.
- nanṛtuś (ननृतुश्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- cāpsarogaṇāḥ (चाप्सरोगणाः)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
गङ्गाद्याः सरितस् तोयैः स्नानार्थम् उपतस्थिरे दिग्गजा हेमपात्रस्थम् आदाय विमलं जलम् स्नापयां चक्रिरे देवीं सर्वलोकमहेश्वरीम्
gaṅgādyāḥgaṅgādyāḥ (गङ्गाद्याः)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” saritassaritas (सरितस्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” toyaiḥtoyaiḥ (तोयैः)toyaiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. snānārthamsnānārtham (स्नानार्थम्)snānārtham is used as a grammatical form in this verse. upatasthireupatasthire (उपतस्थिरे)The core matches the root pat, “to fall.” upa- (“near, toward”) + tasthire. diggajādiggajā (दिग्गजा)diggajā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. hemapātrasthamhemapātrastham (हेमपात्रस्थम्)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” ādāyaādāya (आदाय)The core matches the root dā, “to give.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + dāya. vimalaṃvimalaṃ (विमलं)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + malaṃ. jalamjalam (जलम्)jalam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. snāpayāṃsnāpayāṃ (स्नापयां)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” cakrirecakrire (चक्रिरे)cakrire is used as a grammatical form in this verse. devīṃdevīṃ (देवीं)devīṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sarvalokamaheśvarīmsarvalokamaheśvarīm (सर्वलोकमहेश्वरीम्)The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.”
[1.9.101] vi- (“apart, asunder”) + malaṃ
Word make-up
- gaṅgādyāḥ (गङ्गाद्याः)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- saritas (सरितस्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- toyaiḥ (तोयैः)
- toyaiḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- snānārtham (स्नानार्थम्)
- snānārtham is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- upatasthire (उपतस्थिरे)
- The core matches the root pat, “to fall.” upa- (“near, toward”) + tasthire.
- diggajā (दिग्गजा)
- diggajā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- hemapātrastham (हेमपात्रस्थम्)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- ādāya (आदाय)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + dāya.
- vimalaṃ (विमलं)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + malaṃ
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + malaṃ.
- jalam (जलम्)
- jalam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- snāpayāṃ (स्नापयां)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- cakrire (चक्रिरे)
- cakrire is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- devīṃ (देवीं)
- devīṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sarvalokamaheśvarīm (सर्वलोकमहेश्वरीम्)
- The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.”
क्षीरोदो रूपधृक् तस्यै मालाम् अम्लानपङ्कजाम् ददौ विभूषणान्य् अङ्गे विश्वकर्मा चकार ह
kṣīrodokṣīrodo (क्षीरोदो)kṣīrodo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. rūpadhṛkrūpadhṛk (रूपधृक्)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” tasyaitasyai (तस्यै)Inflected from tasya. Genitive of tad: “of that, his.” mālāmmālām (मालाम्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” amlānapaṅkajāmamlānapaṅkajām (अम्लानपङ्कजाम्)a- (“not”) + mlānapaṅkajām. dadaudadau (ददौ)dadau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vibhūṣaṇānyvibhūṣaṇāny (विभूषणान्य्)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + bhūṣaṇāny. aṅgeaṅge (अङ्गे)a- (“not”) + ṅge. viśvakarmāviśvakarmā (विश्वकर्मा)The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + śvakarmā. cakāracakāra (चकार)cakāra is used as a grammatical form in this verse. haha (ह)Enclitic of emphasis, often after a verb of saying.
[1.9.102] of that a- (“not”) + mlānapaṅkajām a- (“not”) + ṅge
Word make-up
- kṣīrodo (क्षीरोदो)
- kṣīrodo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- rūpadhṛk (रूपधृक्)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
- tasyai (तस्यै)
- of that
- Inflected from tasya. Genitive of tad: “of that, his.”
- mālām (मालाम्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- amlānapaṅkajām (अम्लानपङ्कजाम्)
- a- (“not”) + mlānapaṅkajām
- a- (“not”) + mlānapaṅkajām.
- dadau (ददौ)
- dadau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vibhūṣaṇāny (विभूषणान्य्)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + bhūṣaṇāny.
- aṅge (अङ्गे)
- a- (“not”) + ṅge
- a- (“not”) + ṅge.
- viśvakarmā (विश्वकर्मा)
- The core matches the root viś, “to enter.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + śvakarmā.
- cakāra (चकार)
- cakāra is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ha (ह)
- Enclitic of emphasis, often after a verb of saying
- Enclitic of emphasis, often after a verb of saying.
दिव्यमाल्याम्बरधरा स्नाता भूषणभूषिता पश्यतां सर्वदेवानां ययौ वक्षःस्थलं हरेः
divyamālyāmbaradharādivyamālyāmbaradharā (दिव्यमाल्याम्बरधरा)The core matches the root div, “to shine.” snātāsnātā (स्नाता)snātā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhūṣaṇabhūṣitābhūṣaṇabhūṣitā (भूषणभूषिता)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” paśyatāṃpaśyatāṃ (पश्यतां)paśyatāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sarvadevānāṃsarvadevānāṃ (सर्वदेवानां)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” yayauyayau (ययौ)yayau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vakṣaḥsthalaṃvakṣaḥsthalaṃ (वक्षःस्थलं)vakṣaḥsthalaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. hareḥhareḥ (हरेः)hareḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.103]
Word make-up
- divyamālyāmbaradharā (दिव्यमाल्याम्बरधरा)
- The core matches the root div, “to shine.”
- snātā (स्नाता)
- snātā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhūṣaṇabhūṣitā (भूषणभूषिता)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- paśyatāṃ (पश्यतां)
- paśyatāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sarvadevānāṃ (सर्वदेवानां)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
- yayau (ययौ)
- yayau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vakṣaḥsthalaṃ (वक्षःस्थलं)
- vakṣaḥsthalaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- hareḥ (हरेः)
- hareḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
ततो ऽवलोकिता देवा हरिवक्षःस्थलस्थया लक्ष्म्या मैत्रेय सहसा परां निर्वृतिम् आगताः
tatotato (ततो)Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. 'valokitā'valokitā (ऽवलोकिता)The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.” devādevā (देवा)From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” harivakṣaḥsthalasthayāharivakṣaḥsthalasthayā (हरिवक्षःस्थलस्थया)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” lakṣmyālakṣmyā (लक्ष्म्या)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sahasāsahasā (सहसा)The core matches the root as, “to be.” parāṃparāṃ (परां)para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.” nirvṛtimnirvṛtim (निर्वृतिम्)The core matches the root vṛt, “to turn.” nir- (“out, without”) + vṛtim. āgatāḥāgatāḥ (आगताः)ā- (“unto, fully”) joined to gatāḥ. From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes. Together the form means ā + that sense.
[1.9.104] that shining one beyond going
Word make-up
- tato (ततो)
- that
- Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- 'valokitā (ऽवलोकिता)
- The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.”
- devā (देवा)
- shining one
- From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- harivakṣaḥsthalasthayā (हरिवक्षःस्थलस्थया)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- lakṣmyā (लक्ष्म्या)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sahasā (सहसा)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- parāṃ (परां)
- beyond
- para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.”
- nirvṛtim (निर्वृतिम्)
- The core matches the root vṛt, “to turn.” nir- (“out, without”) + vṛtim.
- āgatāḥ (आगताः)
- going
- ā- (“unto, fully”) joined to gatāḥ. From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes. Together the form means ā + that sense.
उद्वेगं परमं जग्मुर् दैत्या विष्णुपराङ्मुखाः त्यक्ता लक्ष्म्या महाभाग विप्रचित्तिपुरोगमाः
udvegaṃudvegaṃ (उद्वेगं)ud- (“up, out”) + vegaṃ. paramaṃparamaṃ (परमं)Superlative of para, “beyond, further.” The furthest, the highest. jagmurjagmur (जग्मुर्)jagmur is used as a grammatical form in this verse. daityādaityā (दैत्या)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” viṣṇuparāṅmukhāḥviṣṇuparāṅmukhāḥ (विष्णुपराङ्मुखाः)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇuparāṅmukhāḥ. tyaktātyaktā (त्यक्ता)tyaktā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. lakṣmyālakṣmyā (लक्ष्म्या)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” mahābhāgamahābhāga (महाभाग)mahābhāga is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vipracittipurogamāḥvipracittipurogamāḥ (विप्रचित्तिपुरोगमाः)The core matches the root gam, “to go.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pracittipurogamāḥ.
[1.9.105] ud- (“up, out”) + vegaṃ highest
Word make-up
- udvegaṃ (उद्वेगं)
- ud- (“up, out”) + vegaṃ
- ud- (“up, out”) + vegaṃ.
- paramaṃ (परमं)
- highest
- Superlative of para, “beyond, further.” The furthest, the highest.
- jagmur (जग्मुर्)
- jagmur is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- daityā (दैत्या)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- viṣṇuparāṅmukhāḥ (विष्णुपराङ्मुखाः)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇuparāṅmukhāḥ.
- tyaktā (त्यक्ता)
- tyaktā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- lakṣmyā (लक्ष्म्या)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- mahābhāga (महाभाग)
- mahābhāga is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vipracittipurogamāḥ (विप्रचित्तिपुरोगमाः)
- The core matches the root gam, “to go.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + pracittipurogamāḥ.
ततस् ते जगृहुर् दैत्या धन्वन्तरिकरे स्थितम् कमण्डलुं महावीर्या यत्रास्ते तद् द्विजामृतम्
tatastatas (ततस्)From tad + tas: “from that, then.” tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. jagṛhurjagṛhur (जगृहुर्)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” daityādaityā (दैत्या)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” dhanvantarikaredhanvantarikare (धन्वन्तरिकरे)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” sthitamsthitam (स्थितम्)Inflected from sthita. From sthā, “to stand.” Standing-place; stood; having stood; stands. kamaṇḍaluṃkamaṇḍaluṃ (कमण्डलुं)The core matches the root kam, “to desire.” mahāvīryāmahāvīryā (महावीर्या)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” yatrāsteyatrāste (यत्रास्ते)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. dvijāmṛtamdvijāmṛtam (द्विजामृतम्)The core matches the root mṛ, “to die.”
[1.9.106] then you standing that
Word make-up
- tatas (ततस्)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- jagṛhur (जगृहुर्)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.”
- daityā (दैत्या)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- dhanvantarikare (धन्वन्तरिकरे)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
- sthitam (स्थितम्)
- standing
- Inflected from sthita. From sthā, “to stand.” Standing-place; stood; having stood; stands.
- kamaṇḍaluṃ (कमण्डलुं)
- The core matches the root kam, “to desire.”
- mahāvīryā (महावीर्या)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- yatrāste (यत्रास्ते)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- dvijāmṛtam (द्विजामृतम्)
- The core matches the root mṛ, “to die.”
मायया मोहयित्वा तान् विष्णुः स्त्रीरूपम् आस्थितः दानवेभ्यस् तद् आदाय देवेभ्यः प्रददौ विभुः
māyayāmāyayā (मायया)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” mohayitvāmohayitvā (मोहयित्वा)mohayitvā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tāntān (तान्)Accusative plural of tad: “them.” viṣṇuḥviṣṇuḥ (विष्णुः)From viṣ, “to be active, to pervade.” The pervading one. strīrūpamstrīrūpam (स्त्रीरूपम्)strīrūpam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. āsthitaḥāsthitaḥ (आस्थितः)ā- (“unto, fully”) joined to sthitaḥ. From sthā, “to stand.” Standing-place; stood; having stood; stands. Together the form means ā + that sense. dānavebhyasdānavebhyas (दानवेभ्यस्)The core matches the root dā, “to give.” tadtad (तद्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. ādāyaādāya (आदाय)The core matches the root dā, “to give.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + dāya. devebhyaḥdevebhyaḥ (देवेभ्यः)Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” pradadaupradadau (प्रददौ)pra- (“forth, forward”) + dadau. vibhuḥvibhuḥ (विभुः)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + bhuḥ.
[1.9.107] them The pervading one standing that shining one pra- (“forth, forward”) + dadau
Word make-up
- māyayā (मायया)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- mohayitvā (मोहयित्वा)
- mohayitvā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tān (तान्)
- them
- Accusative plural of tad: “them.”
- viṣṇuḥ (विष्णुः)
- The pervading one
- From viṣ, “to be active, to pervade.” The pervading one.
- strīrūpam (स्त्रीरूपम्)
- strīrūpam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- āsthitaḥ (आस्थितः)
- standing
- ā- (“unto, fully”) joined to sthitaḥ. From sthā, “to stand.” Standing-place; stood; having stood; stands. Together the form means ā + that sense.
- dānavebhyas (दानवेभ्यस्)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
- tad (तद्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- ādāya (आदाय)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + dāya.
- devebhyaḥ (देवेभ्यः)
- shining one
- Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- pradadau (प्रददौ)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + dadau
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + dadau.
- vibhuḥ (विभुः)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + bhuḥ.
ततः पपुः सुरगणाः शक्राद्यास् तत् तदामृतम् उद्यतायुधनिस्त्रिंशा दैत्यास् तांश् च समभ्ययुः
tataḥtataḥ (ततः)From tad + tas: “from that, then.” papuḥpapuḥ (पपुः)papuḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. suragaṇāḥsuragaṇāḥ (सुरगणाः)su- (“well, good”) + ragaṇāḥ. śakrādyāsśakrādyās (शक्राद्यास्)The core matches the root śak, “to be able.” tattat (तत्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. tadāmṛtamtadāmṛtam (तदामृतम्)The core matches the root mṛ, “to die.” udyatāyudhanistriṃśāudyatāyudhanistriṃśā (उद्यतायुधनिस्त्रिंशा)The core matches the root yudh, “to fight.” ud- (“up, out”) + yatāyudhanistriṃśā. daityāsdaityās (दैत्यास्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” tāṃśtāṃś (तांश्)tāṃś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” samabhyayuḥsamabhyayuḥ (समभ्ययुः)sam- (“together”) + abhyayuḥ.
[1.9.108] then su- (“well, good”) + ragaṇāḥ that and sam- (“together”) + abhyayuḥ
Word make-up
- tataḥ (ततः)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
- papuḥ (पपुः)
- papuḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- suragaṇāḥ (सुरगणाः)
- su- (“well, good”) + ragaṇāḥ
- su- (“well, good”) + ragaṇāḥ.
- śakrādyās (शक्राद्यास्)
- The core matches the root śak, “to be able.”
- tat (तत्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- tadāmṛtam (तदामृतम्)
- The core matches the root mṛ, “to die.”
- udyatāyudhanistriṃśā (उद्यतायुधनिस्त्रिंशा)
- The core matches the root yudh, “to fight.” ud- (“up, out”) + yatāyudhanistriṃśā.
- daityās (दैत्यास्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- tāṃś (तांश्)
- tāṃś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- samabhyayuḥ (समभ्ययुः)
- sam- (“together”) + abhyayuḥ
- sam- (“together”) + abhyayuḥ.
पीते ऽमृते च बलिभिर् देवैर् दैत्यचमूस् तदा वध्यमाना दिशो भेजे पातालं च विवेश वै
pītepīte (पीते)pīte is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'mṛte'mṛte (ऽमृते)The core matches the root mṛ, “to die.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” balibhirbalibhir (बलिभिर्)balibhir is used as a grammatical form in this verse. devairdevair (देवैर्)devair is used as a grammatical form in this verse. daityacamūsdaityacamūs (दैत्यचमूस्)daityacamūs is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” vadhyamānāvadhyamānā (वध्यमाना)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” diśodiśo (दिशो)Inflected from diśa. diś: direction, quarter of the sky. bhejebheje (भेजे)bheje is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pātālaṃpātālaṃ (पातालं)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” viveśaviveśa (विवेश)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + veśa. vaivai (वै)Particle of emphasis: “indeed.”
[1.9.109] and then direction and vi- (“apart, asunder”) + veśa indeed
Word make-up
- pīte (पीते)
- pīte is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'mṛte (ऽमृते)
- The core matches the root mṛ, “to die.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- balibhir (बलिभिर्)
- balibhir is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- devair (देवैर्)
- devair is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- daityacamūs (दैत्यचमूस्)
- daityacamūs is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- vadhyamānā (वध्यमाना)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
- diśo (दिशो)
- direction
- Inflected from diśa. diś: direction, quarter of the sky.
- bheje (भेजे)
- bheje is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pātālaṃ (पातालं)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- viveśa (विवेश)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + veśa
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + veśa.
- vai (वै)
- indeed
- Particle of emphasis: “indeed.”
ततो देवा मुदा युक्ताः शङ्खचक्रगदाधरम् प्रणिपत्य यथापूर्वम् अशासंस् तत् त्रिविष्टपम्
tatotato (ततो)Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. devādevā (देवा)From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” mudāmudā (मुदा)The core matches the root mud, “to be glad.” yuktāḥyuktāḥ (युक्ताः)From yuj, “to yoke, to join.” Is yoked; yoked; having yoked. śaṅkhacakragadādharamśaṅkhacakragadādharam (शङ्खचक्रगदाधरम्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” praṇipatyapraṇipatya (प्रणिपत्य)Gerund of pra- + pat, “to fall.” Having prostrated. yathāpūrvamyathāpūrvam (यथापूर्वम्)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” aśāsaṃsaśāsaṃs (अशासंस्)The core matches the root śās, “to instruct.” a- (“not”) + śāsaṃs. tattat (तत्)Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-. triviṣṭapamtriviṣṭapam (त्रिविष्टपम्)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
[1.9.110] that shining one yoked having prostrated that
Word make-up
- tato (ततो)
- that
- Inflected from tat. Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- devā (देवा)
- shining one
- From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- mudā (मुदा)
- The core matches the root mud, “to be glad.”
- yuktāḥ (युक्ताः)
- yoked
- From yuj, “to yoke, to join.” Is yoked; yoked; having yoked.
- śaṅkhacakragadādharam (शङ्खचक्रगदाधरम्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- praṇipatya (प्रणिपत्य)
- having prostrated
- Gerund of pra- + pat, “to fall.” Having prostrated.
- yathāpūrvam (यथापूर्वम्)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- aśāsaṃs (अशासंस्)
- The core matches the root śās, “to instruct.” a- (“not”) + śāsaṃs.
- tat (तत्)
- that
- Neuter of tad: “that.” From the demonstrative stem ta-.
- triviṣṭapam (त्रिविष्टपम्)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
देवदेवे गते तस्मिन् वासुदेवेश्वरं हरिम्
devadevedevadeve (देवदेवे)Inflected from devadeva. deva + deva: shining one of shining ones. gategate (गते)Inflected from gata. From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes. tasmintasmin (तस्मिन्)Locative of tad: “in that.” vāsudeveśvaraṃvāsudeveśvaraṃ (वासुदेवेश्वरं)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” harimharim (हरिम्)harim is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.110.28:1] god of gods going in that
Word make-up
- devadeve (देवदेवे)
- god of gods
- Inflected from devadeva. deva + deva: shining one of shining ones.
- gate (गते)
- going
- Inflected from gata. From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes.
- tasmin (तस्मिन्)
- in that
- Locative of tad: “in that.”
- vāsudeveśvaraṃ (वासुदेवेश्वरं)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- harim (हरिम्)
- harim is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
तुष्टुवुः पुण्डरीकाक्षम् अन्तर्धानगतं हरिम्
tuṣṭuvuḥtuṣṭuvuḥ (तुष्टुवुः)tuṣṭuvuḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. puṇḍarīkākṣampuṇḍarīkākṣam (पुण्डरीकाक्षम्)puṇḍarīka (“lotus”) + akṣa (“eye”). Lotus-eyed. antardhānagataṃantardhānagataṃ (अन्तर्धानगतं)The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” a- (“not”) + ntardhānagataṃ. harimharim (हरिम्)harim is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.110.28:2] puṇḍarīkākṣam
Word make-up
- tuṣṭuvuḥ (तुष्टुवुः)
- tuṣṭuvuḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- puṇḍarīkākṣam (पुण्डरीकाक्षम्)
- Lotus-eyed
- puṇḍarīka (“lotus”) + akṣa (“eye”). Lotus-eyed.
- antardhānagataṃ (अन्तर्धानगतं)
- The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” a- (“not”) + ntardhānagataṃ.
- harim (हरिम्)
- harim is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
ततः प्रसन्नभाः सूर्यः प्रययौ स्वेन वर्त्मना ज्योतींषि च यथामार्गं प्रययुर् मुनिसत्तम
tataḥtataḥ (ततः)From tad + tas: “from that, then.” prasannabhāḥprasannabhāḥ (प्रसन्नभाः)The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sannabhāḥ. sūryaḥsūryaḥ (सूर्यः)From sūr / svar, “to shine.” The sun, the shining one. prayayauprayayau (प्रययौ)pra- (“forth, forward”) + yayau. svenasvena (स्वेन)svena is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vartmanāvartmanā (वर्त्मना)The core matches the root man, “to think.” jyotīṃṣijyotīṃṣi (ज्योतींषि)jyotīṃṣi is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” yathāmārgaṃyathāmārgaṃ (यथामार्गं)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” prayayurprayayur (प्रययुर्)pra- (“forth, forward”) + yayur. munisattamamunisattama (मुनिसत्तम)munisattama is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.111] then the sun pra- (“forth, forward”) + yayau and pra- (“forth, forward”) + yayur
Word make-up
- tataḥ (ततः)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
- prasannabhāḥ (प्रसन्नभाः)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sannabhāḥ.
- sūryaḥ (सूर्यः)
- the sun
- From sūr / svar, “to shine.” The sun, the shining one.
- prayayau (प्रययौ)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + yayau
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + yayau.
- svena (स्वेन)
- svena is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vartmanā (वर्त्मना)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
- jyotīṃṣi (ज्योतींषि)
- jyotīṃṣi is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- yathāmārgaṃ (यथामार्गं)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- prayayur (प्रययुर्)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + yayur
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + yayur.
- munisattama (मुनिसत्तम)
- munisattama is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
जज्वाल भगवांश् चोच्चैश् चारुदीप्तिर् विभावसुः धर्मे च सर्वभूतानां तदा मतिर् अजायत
jajvālajajvāla (जज्वाल)jajvāla is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhagavāṃśbhagavāṃś (भगवांश्)bhagavāṃś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. coccaiścoccaiś (चोच्चैश्)coccaiś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. cārudīptircārudīptir (चारुदीप्तिर्)The core matches the root dīp, “to shine.” vibhāvasuḥvibhāvasuḥ (विभावसुः)vi- (“apart, asunder”) joined to bhāvasuḥ. From bhū, “to be, to come to be.” Coming-to-be; a state of being. Together the form means vi + that sense. dharmedharme (धर्मे)From dhṛ, “to hold, to uphold.” That which holds, the holding: law, right, the way a thing is held in place. Not a one-word “religion.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” sarvabhūtānāṃsarvabhūtānāṃ (सर्वभूतानां)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” matirmatir (मतिर्)matir is used as a grammatical form in this verse. ajāyataajāyata (अजायत)a- (“not”) + jāyata.
[1.9.112] coming-to-be that which holds and then a- (“not”) + jāyata
Word make-up
- jajvāla (जज्वाल)
- jajvāla is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhagavāṃś (भगवांश्)
- bhagavāṃś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- coccaiś (चोच्चैश्)
- coccaiś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- cārudīptir (चारुदीप्तिर्)
- The core matches the root dīp, “to shine.”
- vibhāvasuḥ (विभावसुः)
- coming-to-be
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) joined to bhāvasuḥ. From bhū, “to be, to come to be.” Coming-to-be; a state of being. Together the form means vi + that sense.
- dharme (धर्मे)
- that which holds
- From dhṛ, “to hold, to uphold.” That which holds, the holding: law, right, the way a thing is held in place. Not a one-word “religion.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- sarvabhūtānāṃ (सर्वभूतानां)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- matir (मतिर्)
- matir is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ajāyata (अजायत)
- a- (“not”) + jāyata
- a- (“not”) + jāyata.
श्रिया जुष्टं च त्रैलोक्यं बभूव द्विजसत्तम शक्रश् च त्रिदशश्रेष्ठः पुनः श्रीमान् अजायत
śriyāśriyā (श्रिया)The core matches the root śri, “to lean.” juṣṭaṃjuṣṭaṃ (जुष्टं)juṣṭaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” trailokyaṃtrailokyaṃ (त्रैलोक्यं)The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.” babhūvababhūva (बभूव)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” dvijasattamadvijasattama (द्विजसत्तम)The core matches the root as, “to be.” śakraśśakraś (शक्रश्)The core matches the root śak, “to be able.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” tridaśaśreṣṭhaḥtridaśaśreṣṭhaḥ (त्रिदशश्रेष्ठः)tridaśaśreṣṭhaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. punaḥpunaḥ (पुनः)Adverb: “again, back.” śrīmānśrīmān (श्रीमान्)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” ajāyataajāyata (अजायत)a- (“not”) + jāyata.
[1.9.113] and and again a- (“not”) + jāyata
Word make-up
- śriyā (श्रिया)
- The core matches the root śri, “to lean.”
- juṣṭaṃ (जुष्टं)
- juṣṭaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- trailokyaṃ (त्रैलोक्यं)
- The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.”
- babhūva (बभूव)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- dvijasattama (द्विजसत्तम)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- śakraś (शक्रश्)
- The core matches the root śak, “to be able.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- tridaśaśreṣṭhaḥ (त्रिदशश्रेष्ठः)
- tridaśaśreṣṭhaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- punaḥ (पुनः)
- again
- Adverb: “again, back.”
- śrīmān (श्रीमान्)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- ajāyata (अजायत)
- a- (“not”) + jāyata
- a- (“not”) + jāyata.
सिंहासनगतः शक्रः संप्राप्य त्रिदिवं पुनः देवराज्ये स्थितो देवीं तुष्टावाब्जकरां ततः
siṃhāsanagataḥsiṃhāsanagataḥ (सिंहासनगतः)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” śakraḥśakraḥ (शक्रः)The core matches the root śak, “to be able.” saṃprāpyasaṃprāpya (संप्राप्य)saṃ- (“together”) joined to prāpya. pra- āp, “to reach, to obtain.” Having reached; reaches. Together the form means saṃ + that sense. tridivaṃtridivaṃ (त्रिदिवं)The core matches the root div, “to shine.” punaḥpunaḥ (पुनः)Adverb: “again, back.” devarājyedevarājye (देवराज्ये)The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.” sthitosthito (स्थितो)Inflected from sthita. From sthā, “to stand.” Standing-place; stood; having stood; stands. devīṃdevīṃ (देवीं)devīṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tuṣṭāvābjakarāṃtuṣṭāvābjakarāṃ (तुष्टावाब्जकरां)tuṣṭāvābjakarāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tataḥtataḥ (ततः)From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
[1.9.114] reaching again standing then
Word make-up
- siṃhāsanagataḥ (सिंहासनगतः)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- śakraḥ (शक्रः)
- The core matches the root śak, “to be able.”
- saṃprāpya (संप्राप्य)
- reaching
- saṃ- (“together”) joined to prāpya. pra- āp, “to reach, to obtain.” Having reached; reaches. Together the form means saṃ + that sense.
- tridivaṃ (त्रिदिवं)
- The core matches the root div, “to shine.”
- punaḥ (पुनः)
- again
- Adverb: “again, back.”
- devarājye (देवराज्ये)
- The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.”
- sthito (स्थितो)
- standing
- Inflected from sthita. From sthā, “to stand.” Standing-place; stood; having stood; stands.
- devīṃ (देवीं)
- devīṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tuṣṭāvābjakarāṃ (तुष्टावाब्जकरां)
- tuṣṭāvābjakarāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tataḥ (ततः)
- then
- From tad + tas: “from that, then.”
दुर्वासशापपातेन पुनर् मा भूद् इयं हरे
durvāsaśāpapātenadurvāsaśāpapātena (दुर्वासशापपातेन)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” dur- (“ill, hard”) + vāsaśāpapātena. punarpunar (पुनर्)Adverb: “again, back.” māmā (मा)Accusative of asmad: “me.” bhūdbhūd (भूद्)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” iyaṃiyaṃ (इयं)Feminine of idam: “this.” harehare (हरे)hare is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.114.29:1] again me this
Word make-up
- durvāsaśāpapātena (दुर्वासशापपातेन)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” dur- (“ill, hard”) + vāsaśāpapātena.
- punar (पुनर्)
- again
- Adverb: “again, back.”
- mā (मा)
- me
- Accusative of asmad: “me.”
- bhūd (भूद्)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- iyaṃ (इयं)
- this
- Feminine of idam: “this.”
- hare (हरे)
- hare is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
तथ्येति चाभिप्रायेणस् तुष्टाव श्रियमानतः
tathyetitathyeti (तथ्येति)tathyeti is used as a grammatical form in this verse. cābhiprāyeṇascābhiprāyeṇas (चाभिप्रायेणस्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” tuṣṭāvatuṣṭāva (तुष्टाव)tuṣṭāva is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śriyamānataḥśriyamānataḥ (श्रियमानतः)The core matches the root śri, “to lean.”
[1.9.114.29:2]
Word make-up
- tathyeti (तथ्येति)
- tathyeti is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- cābhiprāyeṇas (चाभिप्रायेणस्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- tuṣṭāva (तुष्टाव)
- tuṣṭāva is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śriyamānataḥ (श्रियमानतः)
- The core matches the root śri, “to lean.”
नमस्ये सर्वलोकानां जननीम् अब्जसंभवाम् श्रियम् उन्निद्रपद्माक्षीं विष्णुवक्षःस्थलस्थिताम्
namasyenamasye (नमस्ये)The core matches the root nam, “to bow.” sarvalokānāṃsarvalokānāṃ (सर्वलोकानां)The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.” jananīmjananīm (जननीम्)The core matches the root jan, “to be born.” abjasaṃbhavāmabjasaṃbhavām (अब्जसंभवाम्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + bjasaṃbhavām. śriyamśriyam (श्रियम्)The core matches the root śri, “to lean.” unnidrapadmākṣīṃunnidrapadmākṣīṃ (उन्निद्रपद्माक्षीं)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” viṣṇuvakṣaḥsthalasthitāmviṣṇuvakṣaḥsthalasthitām (विष्णुवक्षःस्थलस्थिताम्)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇuvakṣaḥsthalasthitām.
[1.9.115]
Word make-up
- namasye (नमस्ये)
- The core matches the root nam, “to bow.”
- sarvalokānāṃ (सर्वलोकानां)
- The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.”
- jananīm (जननीम्)
- The core matches the root jan, “to be born.”
- abjasaṃbhavām (अब्जसंभवाम्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” a- (“not”) + bjasaṃbhavām.
- śriyam (श्रियम्)
- The core matches the root śri, “to lean.”
- unnidrapadmākṣīṃ (उन्निद्रपद्माक्षीं)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
- viṣṇuvakṣaḥsthalasthitām (विष्णुवक्षःस्थलस्थिताम्)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇuvakṣaḥsthalasthitām.
पद्मालयां पद्मकरां पद्मपत्रनिभेक्षणाम्
padmālayāṃpadmālayāṃ (पद्मालयां)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” padmakarāṃpadmakarāṃ (पद्मकरां)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” padmapatranibhekṣaṇāmpadmapatranibhekṣaṇām (पद्मपत्रनिभेक्षणाम्)The core matches the root pat, “to fall.”
[1.9.115.30:1]
Word make-up
- padmālayāṃ (पद्मालयां)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
- padmakarāṃ (पद्मकरां)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
- padmapatranibhekṣaṇām (पद्मपत्रनिभेक्षणाम्)
- The core matches the root pat, “to fall.”
वन्दे पद्ममुखां देवीं पद्मनाभप्रियाम् अहम्
vandevande (वन्दे)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” padmamukhāṃpadmamukhāṃ (पद्ममुखां)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” devīṃdevīṃ (देवीं)devīṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. padmanābhapriyāmpadmanābhapriyām (पद्मनाभप्रियाम्)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” ahamaham (अहम्)Nominative of asmad: “I.”
[1.9.115.30:2] I
Word make-up
- vande (वन्दे)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- padmamukhāṃ (पद्ममुखां)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
- devīṃ (देवीं)
- devīṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- padmanābhapriyām (पद्मनाभप्रियाम्)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
- aham (अहम्)
- ”
- Nominative of asmad: “I.”
त्वं सिद्धिस् त्वं स्वधा स्वाहा सुधा त्वं लोकपावनी संध्या रात्रिः प्रभा भूतिर् मेधा श्रद्धा सरस्वती
tvaṃtvaṃ (त्वं)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” siddhissiddhis (सिद्धिस्)From sidh: attainment. tvaṃtvaṃ (त्वं)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” svadhāsvadhā (स्वधा)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” svāhāsvāhā (स्वाहा)svāhā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sudhāsudhā (सुधा)The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” su- (“well, good”) + dhā. tvaṃtvaṃ (त्वं)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” lokapāvanīlokapāvanī (लोकपावनी)The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.” saṃdhyāsaṃdhyā (संध्या)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” saṃ- (“together”) + dhyā. rātriḥrātriḥ (रात्रिः)rātriḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. prabhāprabhā (प्रभा)pra- (“forth, forward”) + bhā. bhūtirbhūtir (भूतिर्)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” medhāmedhā (मेधा)The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” śraddhāśraddhā (श्रद्धा)śrat (“heart, trust, truth”) + dhā, “to place.” Placing the heart; trust-placing. Not thin “belief.” sarasvatīsarasvatī (सरस्वती)The core matches the root as, “to be.”
[1.9.116] you attainment you you pra- (“forth, forward”) + bhā placing-the-heart
Word make-up
- tvaṃ (त्वं)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- siddhis (सिद्धिस्)
- attainment
- From sidh: attainment.
- tvaṃ (त्वं)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- svadhā (स्वधा)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
- svāhā (स्वाहा)
- svāhā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sudhā (सुधा)
- The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” su- (“well, good”) + dhā.
- tvaṃ (त्वं)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- lokapāvanī (लोकपावनी)
- The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.”
- saṃdhyā (संध्या)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” saṃ- (“together”) + dhyā.
- rātriḥ (रात्रिः)
- rātriḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- prabhā (प्रभा)
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + bhā
- pra- (“forth, forward”) + bhā.
- bhūtir (भूतिर्)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- medhā (मेधा)
- The core matches the root dhā, “to place.”
- śraddhā (श्रद्धा)
- placing-the-heart
- śrat (“heart, trust, truth”) + dhā, “to place.” Placing the heart; trust-placing. Not thin “belief.”
- sarasvatī (सरस्वती)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
यज्ञविद्या महाविद्या गुह्यविद्या च शोभने आत्मविद्या च देवि त्वं विमुक्तिफलदायिनी
yajñavidyāyajñavidyā (यज्ञविद्या)The core matches the root yaj, “to offer.” mahāvidyāmahāvidyā (महाविद्या)The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” guhyavidyāguhyavidyā (गुह्यविद्या)The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” śobhaneśobhane (शोभने)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” ātmavidyāātmavidyā (आत्मविद्या)The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + tmavidyā. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” devidevi (देवि)Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” tvaṃtvaṃ (त्वं)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” vimuktiphaladāyinīvimuktiphaladāyinī (विमुक्तिफलदायिनी)The core matches the root nī, “to lead.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + muktiphaladāyinī.
[1.9.117] and and shining one you
Word make-up
- yajñavidyā (यज्ञविद्या)
- The core matches the root yaj, “to offer.”
- mahāvidyā (महाविद्या)
- The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.”
- guhyavidyā (गुह्यविद्या)
- The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- śobhane (शोभने)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
- ātmavidyā (आत्मविद्या)
- The core matches the root vid, “to know / to find.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + tmavidyā.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- devi (देवि)
- shining one
- Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- tvaṃ (त्वं)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- vimuktiphaladāyinī (विमुक्तिफलदायिनी)
- The core matches the root nī, “to lead.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + muktiphaladāyinī.
आन्वीक्षिकी त्रयी वार्ता दण्डनीतिस् त्वम् एव च सौम्यासौम्यैर् जगद् रूपैस् त्वयैतद् देवि पूरितम्
ānvīkṣikīānvīkṣikī (आन्वीक्षिकी)The core matches the root īkṣ, “to see, to look.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + nvīkṣikī. trayītrayī (त्रयी)Inflected from traya. tri: three. vārtāvārtā (वार्ता)vārtā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. daṇḍanītisdaṇḍanītis (दण्डनीतिस्)The core matches the root nī, “to lead.” tvamtvam (त्वम्)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” evaeva (एव)Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” saumyāsaumyairsaumyāsaumyair (सौम्यासौम्यैर्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” jagadjagad (जगद्)jagad is used as a grammatical form in this verse. rūpaisrūpais (रूपैस्)rūpais is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tvayaitadtvayaitad (त्वयैतद्)tvayaitad is used as a grammatical form in this verse. devidevi (देवि)Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” pūritampūritam (पूरितम्)The core matches the root pū, “to purify.”
[1.9.118] three you just and shining one
Word make-up
- ānvīkṣikī (आन्वीक्षिकी)
- The core matches the root īkṣ, “to see, to look.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + nvīkṣikī.
- trayī (त्रयी)
- three
- Inflected from traya. tri: three.
- vārtā (वार्ता)
- vārtā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- daṇḍanītis (दण्डनीतिस्)
- The core matches the root nī, “to lead.”
- tvam (त्वम्)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- eva (एव)
- just
- Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- saumyāsaumyair (सौम्यासौम्यैर्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- jagad (जगद्)
- jagad is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- rūpais (रूपैस्)
- rūpais is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tvayaitad (त्वयैतद्)
- tvayaitad is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- devi (देवि)
- shining one
- Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- pūritam (पूरितम्)
- The core matches the root pū, “to purify.”
का त्व् अन्या त्वाम् ऋते देवि सर्वयज्ञमयं वपुः अध्यास्ते देवदेवस्य योगिचिन्त्यं गदाभृतः
kākā (का)kā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tvtv (त्व्)tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse. anyāanyā (अन्या)Inflected from anya. Nominative singular of anya: “another.” tvāmtvām (त्वाम्)Accusative of yuṣmad: “you.” ṛteṛte (ऋते)Inflected from ṛta. ṛta: the fitted, the true course (from ṛ, “to go”). What is right-fitted. devidevi (देवि)Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” sarvayajñamayaṃsarvayajñamayaṃ (सर्वयज्ञमयं)The core matches the root yaj, “to offer.” vapuḥvapuḥ (वपुः)vapuḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. adhyāsteadhyāste (अध्यास्ते)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” a- (“not”) + dhyāste. devadevasyadevadevasya (देवदेवस्य)Inflected from devadeva. deva + deva: shining one of shining ones. yogicintyaṃyogicintyaṃ (योगिचिन्त्यं)The core matches the root cint, “to think.” gadābhṛtaḥgadābhṛtaḥ (गदाभृतः)The core matches the root bhṛ, “to bear.”
[1.9.119] another you the fitted-true shining one god of gods
Word make-up
- kā (का)
- kā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tv (त्व्)
- tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- anyā (अन्या)
- another
- Inflected from anya. Nominative singular of anya: “another.”
- tvām (त्वाम्)
- you
- Accusative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- ṛte (ऋते)
- the fitted-true
- Inflected from ṛta. ṛta: the fitted, the true course (from ṛ, “to go”). What is right-fitted.
- devi (देवि)
- shining one
- Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- sarvayajñamayaṃ (सर्वयज्ञमयं)
- The core matches the root yaj, “to offer.”
- vapuḥ (वपुः)
- vapuḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- adhyāste (अध्यास्ते)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” a- (“not”) + dhyāste.
- devadevasya (देवदेवस्य)
- god of gods
- Inflected from devadeva. deva + deva: shining one of shining ones.
- yogicintyaṃ (योगिचिन्त्यं)
- The core matches the root cint, “to think.”
- gadābhṛtaḥ (गदाभृतः)
- The core matches the root bhṛ, “to bear.”
त्वया देवि परित्यक्तं सकलं भुवनत्रयम् विनष्टप्रायम् अभवत् त्वयेदानीं समेधितम्
tvayātvayā (त्वया)Instrumental of yuṣmad: “by you.” devidevi (देवि)Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” parityaktaṃparityaktaṃ (परित्यक्तं)pari- (“around”) + tyaktaṃ. sakalaṃsakalaṃ (सकलं)sakalaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. bhuvanatrayambhuvanatrayam (भुवनत्रयम्)The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.” vinaṣṭaprāyamvinaṣṭaprāyam (विनष्टप्रायम्)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + naṣṭaprāyam. abhavatabhavat (अभवत्)a- (“not”) + bhavat. tvayedānīṃtvayedānīṃ (त्वयेदानीं)The core matches the root nī, “to lead.” samedhitamsamedhitam (समेधितम्)sam- (“together”) + edhitam.
[1.9.120] by you shining one pari- (“around”) + tyaktaṃ vi- (“apart, asunder”) + naṣṭaprāyam a- (“not”) + bhavat sam- (“together”) + edhitam
Word make-up
- tvayā (त्वया)
- by you
- Instrumental of yuṣmad: “by you.”
- devi (देवि)
- shining one
- Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- parityaktaṃ (परित्यक्तं)
- pari- (“around”) + tyaktaṃ
- pari- (“around”) + tyaktaṃ.
- sakalaṃ (सकलं)
- sakalaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- bhuvanatrayam (भुवनत्रयम्)
- The core matches the root hu, “to pour the offering.”
- vinaṣṭaprāyam (विनष्टप्रायम्)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + naṣṭaprāyam
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + naṣṭaprāyam.
- abhavat (अभवत्)
- a- (“not”) + bhavat
- a- (“not”) + bhavat.
- tvayedānīṃ (त्वयेदानीं)
- The core matches the root nī, “to lead.”
- samedhitam (समेधितम्)
- sam- (“together”) + edhitam
- sam- (“together”) + edhitam.
दाराः पुत्रास् तथागारं सुहृद्धान्यधनादिकम् भवत्य् एतन् महाभागे नित्यं त्वद्वीक्षणान् नृणाम्
dārāḥdārāḥ (दाराः)The core matches the root dā, “to give.” putrāsputrās (पुत्रास्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” tathāgāraṃtathāgāraṃ (तथागारं)tathāgāraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. suhṛddhānyadhanādikamsuhṛddhānyadhanādikam (सुहृद्धान्यधनादिकम्)The core matches the root kam, “to desire.” su- (“well, good”) + hṛddhānyadhanādikam. bhavatybhavaty (भवत्य्)bhavaty is used as a grammatical form in this verse. etanetan (एतन्)The core matches the root tan, “to stretch.” mahābhāgemahābhāge (महाभागे)mahābhāge is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nityaṃnityaṃ (नित्यं)From ni- (“in, own”) + tya: what is in-dwelling, continual, one’s own as constant. Continually-there; not a calendar “eternal.” tvadvīkṣaṇāntvadvīkṣaṇān (त्वद्वीक्षणान्)The core matches the root īkṣ, “to see, to look.” nṛṇāmnṛṇām (नृणाम्)nṛṇām is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.121] continual
Word make-up
- dārāḥ (दाराः)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
- putrās (पुत्रास्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- tathāgāraṃ (तथागारं)
- tathāgāraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- suhṛddhānyadhanādikam (सुहृद्धान्यधनादिकम्)
- The core matches the root kam, “to desire.” su- (“well, good”) + hṛddhānyadhanādikam.
- bhavaty (भवत्य्)
- bhavaty is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- etan (एतन्)
- The core matches the root tan, “to stretch.”
- mahābhāge (महाभागे)
- mahābhāge is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- nityaṃ (नित्यं)
- continual
- From ni- (“in, own”) + tya: what is in-dwelling, continual, one’s own as constant. Continually-there; not a calendar “eternal.”
- tvadvīkṣaṇān (त्वद्वीक्षणान्)
- The core matches the root īkṣ, “to see, to look.”
- nṛṇām (नृणाम्)
- nṛṇām is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
शरीरारोग्यम् ऐश्वर्यम् अरिपक्षक्षयः सुखम् देवि त्वद्दृष्टिदृष्टानां पुरुषाणां न दुर्लभम्
śarīrārogyamśarīrārogyam (शरीरारोग्यम्)śarīrārogyam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. aiśvaryamaiśvaryam (ऐश्वर्यम्)a- (“not”) + iśvaryam. aripakṣakṣayaḥaripakṣakṣayaḥ (अरिपक्षक्षयः)a- (“not”) + ripakṣakṣayaḥ. sukhamsukham (सुखम्)su- (“well, good”) + kha (“axle-hole, space”). Well-fitting; ease. Not a thin “happiness.” devidevi (देवि)Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” tvaddṛṣṭidṛṣṭānāṃtvaddṛṣṭidṛṣṭānāṃ (त्वद्दृष्टिदृष्टानां)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” puruṣāṇāṃpuruṣāṇāṃ (पुरुषाणां)puruṣāṇāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nana (न)Negation: “not.” durlabhamdurlabham (दुर्लभम्)The core matches the root labh, “to obtain.” dur- (“ill, hard”) + labham.
[1.9.122] a- (“not”) + iśvaryam a- (“not”) + ripakṣakṣayaḥ ease shining one not
Word make-up
- śarīrārogyam (शरीरारोग्यम्)
- śarīrārogyam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- aiśvaryam (ऐश्वर्यम्)
- a- (“not”) + iśvaryam
- a- (“not”) + iśvaryam.
- aripakṣakṣayaḥ (अरिपक्षक्षयः)
- a- (“not”) + ripakṣakṣayaḥ
- a- (“not”) + ripakṣakṣayaḥ.
- sukham (सुखम्)
- ease
- su- (“well, good”) + kha (“axle-hole, space”). Well-fitting; ease. Not a thin “happiness.”
- devi (देवि)
- shining one
- Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- tvaddṛṣṭidṛṣṭānāṃ (त्वद्दृष्टिदृष्टानां)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
- puruṣāṇāṃ (पुरुषाणां)
- puruṣāṇāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- durlabham (दुर्लभम्)
- The core matches the root labh, “to obtain.” dur- (“ill, hard”) + labham.
त्वं माता सर्वभूतानां देवदेवो हरिः पिता त्वयैतद् विष्णुना चाम्ब जगद् व्याप्तं चराचरम्
tvaṃtvaṃ (त्वं)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” mātāmātā (माता)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” sarvabhūtānāṃsarvabhūtānāṃ (सर्वभूतानां)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” devadevodevadevo (देवदेवो)Inflected from devadeva. deva + deva: shining one of shining ones. hariḥhariḥ (हरिः)hariḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. pitāpitā (पिता)pitṛ: father (the protector/nourisher). tvayaitadtvayaitad (त्वयैतद्)tvayaitad is used as a grammatical form in this verse. viṣṇunāviṣṇunā (विष्णुना)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇunā. cāmbacāmba (चाम्ब)cāmba is used as a grammatical form in this verse. jagadjagad (जगद्)jagad is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vyāptaṃvyāptaṃ (व्याप्तं)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” carācaramcarācaram (चराचरम्)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
[1.9.123] you god of gods father
Word make-up
- tvaṃ (त्वं)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- mātā (माता)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- sarvabhūtānāṃ (सर्वभूतानां)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- devadevo (देवदेवो)
- god of gods
- Inflected from devadeva. deva + deva: shining one of shining ones.
- hariḥ (हरिः)
- hariḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- pitā (पिता)
- father
- pitṛ: father (the protector/nourisher).
- tvayaitad (त्वयैतद्)
- tvayaitad is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- viṣṇunā (विष्णुना)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇunā.
- cāmba (चाम्ब)
- cāmba is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- jagad (जगद्)
- jagad is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vyāptaṃ (व्याप्तं)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- carācaram (चराचरम्)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
मा नः कोशं तथा गोष्ठं मा गृहं मा परिच्छदम् मा शरीरं कलत्रं च त्यजेथाः सर्वपावनि
māmā (मा)Accusative of asmad: “me.” naḥnaḥ (नः)Negation: “not.” kośaṃkośaṃ (कोशं)kośaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” goṣṭhaṃgoṣṭhaṃ (गोष्ठं)goṣṭhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. māmā (मा)Accusative of asmad: “me.” gṛhaṃgṛhaṃ (गृहं)gṛhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. māmā (मा)Accusative of asmad: “me.” paricchadamparicchadam (परिच्छदम्)The core matches the root dam, “to tame.” pari- (“around”) + cchadam. māmā (मा)Accusative of asmad: “me.” śarīraṃśarīraṃ (शरीरं)From śṝ, “to crush, to break apart” (that which is liable to break), or from śri “to lean.” The breakable frame. kalatraṃkalatraṃ (कलत्रं)kalatraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” tyajethāḥtyajethāḥ (त्यजेथाः)The core matches the root tyaj, “to leave.” sarvapāvanisarvapāvani (सर्वपावनि)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
[1.9.124] me not so me me me the breakable frame and
Word make-up
- mā (मा)
- me
- Accusative of asmad: “me.”
- naḥ (नः)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- kośaṃ (कोशं)
- kośaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- goṣṭhaṃ (गोष्ठं)
- goṣṭhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mā (मा)
- me
- Accusative of asmad: “me.”
- gṛhaṃ (गृहं)
- gṛhaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mā (मा)
- me
- Accusative of asmad: “me.”
- paricchadam (परिच्छदम्)
- The core matches the root dam, “to tame.” pari- (“around”) + cchadam.
- mā (मा)
- me
- Accusative of asmad: “me.”
- śarīraṃ (शरीरं)
- the breakable frame
- From śṝ, “to crush, to break apart” (that which is liable to break), or from śri “to lean.” The breakable frame.
- kalatraṃ (कलत्रं)
- kalatraṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- tyajethāḥ (त्यजेथाः)
- The core matches the root tyaj, “to leave.”
- sarvapāvani (सर्वपावनि)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
मा पुत्रान् मा सुहृद्वर्गान् मा पशून् मा विभूषणम् त्यजेथा मम देवस्य विष्णोर् वक्षःस्थलालये
māmā (मा)Accusative of asmad: “me.” putrānputrān (पुत्रान्)putrān is used as a grammatical form in this verse. māmā (मा)Accusative of asmad: “me.” suhṛdvargānsuhṛdvargān (सुहृद्वर्गान्)The core matches the root hṛ, “to take.” su- (“well, good”) + hṛdvargān. māmā (मा)Accusative of asmad: “me.” paśūnpaśūn (पशून्)paśūn is used as a grammatical form in this verse. māmā (मा)Accusative of asmad: “me.” vibhūṣaṇamvibhūṣaṇam (विभूषणम्)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + bhūṣaṇam. tyajethātyajethā (त्यजेथा)The core matches the root tyaj, “to leave.” mamamama (मम)Genitive of asmad: “of me, my.” devasyadevasya (देवस्य)Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” viṣṇorviṣṇor (विष्णोर्)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇor. vakṣaḥsthalālayevakṣaḥsthalālaye (वक्षःस्थलालये)vakṣaḥsthalālaye is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.125] me me me me my shining one
Word make-up
- mā (मा)
- me
- Accusative of asmad: “me.”
- putrān (पुत्रान्)
- putrān is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mā (मा)
- me
- Accusative of asmad: “me.”
- suhṛdvargān (सुहृद्वर्गान्)
- The core matches the root hṛ, “to take.” su- (“well, good”) + hṛdvargān.
- mā (मा)
- me
- Accusative of asmad: “me.”
- paśūn (पशून्)
- paśūn is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mā (मा)
- me
- Accusative of asmad: “me.”
- vibhūṣaṇam (विभूषणम्)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + bhūṣaṇam.
- tyajethā (त्यजेथा)
- The core matches the root tyaj, “to leave.”
- mama (मम)
- my
- Genitive of asmad: “of me, my.”
- devasya (देवस्य)
- shining one
- Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- viṣṇor (विष्णोर्)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇor.
- vakṣaḥsthalālaye (वक्षःस्थलालये)
- vakṣaḥsthalālaye is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
सत्त्वेन सत्यशौचाभ्यां तथा शीलादिभिर् गुणैः त्यज्यन्ते ते नराः सद्यः संत्यक्ता ये त्वयामले
sattvenasattvena (सत्त्वेन)sat (“being”) + -tva. Being-ness; the lucid strand. satyaśaucābhyāṃsatyaśaucābhyāṃ (सत्यशौचाभ्यां)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” śīlādibhirśīlādibhir (शीलादिभिर्)The core matches the root śī, “to lie.” guṇaiḥguṇaiḥ (गुणैः)guṇa: strand, constituent thread of experience. tyajyantetyajyante (त्यज्यन्ते)The core matches the root tyaj, “to leave.” tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. narāḥnarāḥ (नराः)nara: a man, a human being (as mortal person). sadyaḥsadyaḥ (सद्यः)The core matches the root sad, “to sit.” saṃtyaktāsaṃtyaktā (संत्यक्ता)saṃ- (“together”) + tyaktā. yeye (ये)Nominative plural of yad: “who, which.” Relative stem ya-. tvayāmaletvayāmale (त्वयामले)The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
[1.9.126] being-ness so strands you a man saṃ- (“together”) + tyaktā who
Word make-up
- sattvena (सत्त्वेन)
- being-ness
- sat (“being”) + -tva. Being-ness; the lucid strand.
- satyaśaucābhyāṃ (सत्यशौचाभ्यां)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- śīlādibhir (शीलादिभिर्)
- The core matches the root śī, “to lie.”
- guṇaiḥ (गुणैः)
- strands
- guṇa: strand, constituent thread of experience.
- tyajyante (त्यज्यन्ते)
- The core matches the root tyaj, “to leave.”
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- narāḥ (नराः)
- a man
- nara: a man, a human being (as mortal person).
- sadyaḥ (सद्यः)
- The core matches the root sad, “to sit.”
- saṃtyaktā (संत्यक्ता)
- saṃ- (“together”) + tyaktā
- saṃ- (“together”) + tyaktā.
- ye (ये)
- who
- Nominative plural of yad: “who, which.” Relative stem ya-.
- tvayāmale (त्वयामले)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
त्वयावलोकिताः सद्यः शीलाद्यैर् अखिलैर् गुणैः कुलैश्वर्यैश् च युज्यन्ते पुरुषा निर्गुणा अपि
tvayāvalokitāḥtvayāvalokitāḥ (त्वयावलोकिताः)The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.” sadyaḥsadyaḥ (सद्यः)The core matches the root sad, “to sit.” śīlādyairśīlādyair (शीलाद्यैर्)The core matches the root śī, “to lie.” akhilairakhilair (अखिलैर्)a- (“not”) + khilair. guṇaiḥguṇaiḥ (गुणैः)guṇa: strand, constituent thread of experience. kulaiśvaryaiśkulaiśvaryaiś (कुलैश्वर्यैश्)kulaiśvaryaiś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” yujyanteyujyante (युज्यन्ते)The core matches the root yuj, “to yoke.” puruṣāpuruṣā (पुरुषा)Inflected from puruṣa. Often analysed as pūr “filling” or pur “citadel” + śī “to lie”: the one who lies in the stronghold (the body). The Person, as against prakṛti the making-forth. nirguṇānirguṇā (निर्गुणा)nir- (“out, without”) joined to guṇā. guṇa: strand, constituent thread of experience. Together the form means nir + that sense. apiapi (अपि)Particle: “also, even, though.”
[1.9.127] a- (“not”) + khilair strands and the Person strands also
Word make-up
- tvayāvalokitāḥ (त्वयावलोकिताः)
- The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.”
- sadyaḥ (सद्यः)
- The core matches the root sad, “to sit.”
- śīlādyair (शीलाद्यैर्)
- The core matches the root śī, “to lie.”
- akhilair (अखिलैर्)
- a- (“not”) + khilair
- a- (“not”) + khilair.
- guṇaiḥ (गुणैः)
- strands
- guṇa: strand, constituent thread of experience.
- kulaiśvaryaiś (कुलैश्वर्यैश्)
- kulaiśvaryaiś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- yujyante (युज्यन्ते)
- The core matches the root yuj, “to yoke.”
- puruṣā (पुरुषा)
- the Person
- Inflected from puruṣa. Often analysed as pūr “filling” or pur “citadel” + śī “to lie”: the one who lies in the stronghold (the body). The Person, as against prakṛti the making-forth.
- nirguṇā (निर्गुणा)
- strands
- nir- (“out, without”) joined to guṇā. guṇa: strand, constituent thread of experience. Together the form means nir + that sense.
- api (अपि)
- also
- Particle: “also, even, though.”
स श्लाघ्यः स गुणी धन्यः स कुलीनः स बुद्धिमान् स शूरः स च विक्रान्तो यस् त्वया देवि वीक्षितः
sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” ślāghyaḥślāghyaḥ (श्लाघ्यः)ślāghyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” guṇīguṇī (गुणी)Inflected from guṇa. A strand, a thread, then a constituent quality. In Sāṅkhya, the three strands that braid experience. Not a moral “virtue.” dhanyaḥdhanyaḥ (धन्यः)The core matches the root han, “to strike.” sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” kulīnaḥkulīnaḥ (कुलीनः)kulīnaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” buddhimānbuddhimān (बुद्धिमान्)Inflected from buddhim. From budh, “to wake, to be awake to.” The waking-faculty; discernment. Not a IQ-word “intelligence.” sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” śūraḥśūraḥ (शूरः)śūra: hero, valiant (from śū, “to swell in courage”). sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” vikrāntovikrānto (विक्रान्तो)vi- (“apart, asunder”) + krānto. yasyas (यस्)Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.” tvayātvayā (त्वया)Instrumental of yuṣmad: “by you.” devidevi (देवि)Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” vīkṣitaḥvīkṣitaḥ (वीक्षितः)The core matches the root īkṣ, “to see, to look.”
[1.9.128] he he strand he he the waking-faculty he hero he and vi- (“apart, asunder”) + krānto who by you shining one
Word make-up
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- ślāghyaḥ (श्लाघ्यः)
- ślāghyaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- guṇī (गुणी)
- strand
- Inflected from guṇa. A strand, a thread, then a constituent quality. In Sāṅkhya, the three strands that braid experience. Not a moral “virtue.”
- dhanyaḥ (धन्यः)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- kulīnaḥ (कुलीनः)
- kulīnaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- buddhimān (बुद्धिमान्)
- the waking-faculty
- Inflected from buddhim. From budh, “to wake, to be awake to.” The waking-faculty; discernment. Not a IQ-word “intelligence.”
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- śūraḥ (शूरः)
- hero
- śūra: hero, valiant (from śū, “to swell in courage”).
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- vikrānto (विक्रान्तो)
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + krānto
- vi- (“apart, asunder”) + krānto.
- yas (यस्)
- who
- Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.”
- tvayā (त्वया)
- by you
- Instrumental of yuṣmad: “by you.”
- devi (देवि)
- shining one
- Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- vīkṣitaḥ (वीक्षितः)
- The core matches the root īkṣ, “to see, to look.”
सद्यो वैगुण्यम् आयान्ति शीलाद्याः सकला गुणाः पराङ्मुखी जगद्धात्री यस्य त्वं विष्णुवल्लभे
sadyosadyo (सद्यो)The core matches the root sad, “to sit.” vaiguṇyamvaiguṇyam (वैगुण्यम्)vaiguṇyam is used as a grammatical form in this verse. āyāntiāyānti (आयान्ति)ā- (“unto, fully”) joined to yānti. From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes. Together the form means ā + that sense. śīlādyāḥśīlādyāḥ (शीलाद्याः)The core matches the root śī, “to lie.” sakalāsakalā (सकला)sakalā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. guṇāḥguṇāḥ (गुणाः)guṇa: strand, constituent thread of experience. parāṅmukhīparāṅmukhī (पराङ्मुखी)parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + ṅmukhī. jagaddhātrījagaddhātrī (जगद्धात्री)The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” yasyayasya (यस्य)Genitive of yad: “whose, of which.” tvaṃtvaṃ (त्वं)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” viṣṇuvallabheviṣṇuvallabhe (विष्णुवल्लभे)The core matches the root labh, “to obtain.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇuvallabhe.
[1.9.129] going strands parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + ṅmukhī whose you
Word make-up
- sadyo (सद्यो)
- The core matches the root sad, “to sit.”
- vaiguṇyam (वैगुण्यम्)
- vaiguṇyam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- āyānti (आयान्ति)
- going
- ā- (“unto, fully”) joined to yānti. From gam / yā, “to go.” Goes; they go; having gone; gone; he goes. Together the form means ā + that sense.
- śīlādyāḥ (शीलाद्याः)
- The core matches the root śī, “to lie.”
- sakalā (सकला)
- sakalā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- guṇāḥ (गुणाः)
- strands
- guṇa: strand, constituent thread of experience.
- parāṅmukhī (पराङ्मुखी)
- parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + ṅmukhī
- parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + ṅmukhī.
- jagaddhātrī (जगद्धात्री)
- The core matches the root dhā, “to place.”
- yasya (यस्य)
- whose
- Genitive of yad: “whose, of which.”
- tvaṃ (त्वं)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- viṣṇuvallabhe (विष्णुवल्लभे)
- The core matches the root labh, “to obtain.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇuvallabhe.
न ते वर्णयितुं शक्ता गुणाञ् जिह्वापि वेधसः प्रसीद देवि पद्माक्षि मास्मांस् त्याक्षीः कदाचन
nana (न)Negation: “not.” tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. varṇayituṃvarṇayituṃ (वर्णयितुं)varṇayituṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śaktāśaktā (शक्ता)The core matches the root śak, “to be able.” guṇāñguṇāñ (गुणाञ्)guṇāñ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. jihvāpijihvāpi (जिह्वापि)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” vedhasaḥvedhasaḥ (वेधसः)The core matches the root as, “to be.” prasīdaprasīda (प्रसीद)The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sīda. devidevi (देवि)Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” padmākṣipadmākṣi (पद्माक्षि)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” māsmāṃsmāsmāṃs (मास्मांस्)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” tyākṣīḥtyākṣīḥ (त्याक्षीः)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” kadācanakadācana (कदाचन)The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
[1.9.130] not you shining one
Word make-up
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- varṇayituṃ (वर्णयितुं)
- varṇayituṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śaktā (शक्ता)
- The core matches the root śak, “to be able.”
- guṇāñ (गुणाञ्)
- guṇāñ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- jihvāpi (जिह्वापि)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- vedhasaḥ (वेधसः)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- prasīda (प्रसीद)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sīda.
- devi (देवि)
- shining one
- Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- padmākṣi (पद्माक्षि)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
- māsmāṃs (मास्मांस्)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- tyākṣīḥ (त्याक्षीः)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- kadācana (कदाचन)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
एवं श्रीः संस्तुता सम्यक् प्राह हृष्टा शतक्रतुम् शृण्वतां सर्वदेवानां सर्वभूतस्थिता द्विज
evaṃevaṃ (एवं)Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” śrīḥśrīḥ (श्रीः)śrī: splendour, the honour-prefix, from śri “to lean / to shine.” saṃstutāsaṃstutā (संस्तुता)saṃ- (“together”) + stutā. samyaksamyak (सम्यक्)sam- + añc: “together-going, rightly, fully.” prāhaprāha (प्राह)pra-vac, “to speak forth.” Spoken forth; he has said forth. hṛṣṭāhṛṣṭā (हृष्टा)The core matches the root hṛ, “to take.” śatakratumśatakratum (शतक्रतुम्)śatakratum is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śṛṇvatāṃśṛṇvatāṃ (शृण्वतां)śṛṇvatāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sarvadevānāṃsarvadevānāṃ (सर्वदेवानां)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” sarvabhūtasthitāsarvabhūtasthitā (सर्वभूतस्थिता)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” dvijadvija (द्विज)dvi-ja “twice-born.” dvija-uttama: upmost of the twice-born.
[1.9.131] just splendour saṃ- (“together”) + stutā rightly spoken forth twice-born
Word make-up
- evaṃ (एवं)
- just
- Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- śrīḥ (श्रीः)
- splendour
- śrī: splendour, the honour-prefix, from śri “to lean / to shine.”
- saṃstutā (संस्तुता)
- saṃ- (“together”) + stutā
- saṃ- (“together”) + stutā.
- samyak (सम्यक्)
- rightly
- sam- + añc: “together-going, rightly, fully.”
- prāha (प्राह)
- spoken forth
- pra-vac, “to speak forth.” Spoken forth; he has said forth.
- hṛṣṭā (हृष्टा)
- The core matches the root hṛ, “to take.”
- śatakratum (शतक्रतुम्)
- śatakratum is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śṛṇvatāṃ (शृण्वतां)
- śṛṇvatāṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sarvadevānāṃ (सर्वदेवानां)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
- sarvabhūtasthitā (सर्वभूतस्थिता)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- dvija (द्विज)
- twice-born
- dvi-ja “twice-born.” dvija-uttama: upmost of the twice-born.
परितुष्टास्मि देवेश स्तोत्रेणानेन ते हरे वरं वृणीष्व यस् त्व् इष्टो वरदाहं तवागता
parituṣṭāsmiparituṣṭāsmi (परितुष्टास्मि)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” pari- (“around”) + tuṣṭāsmi. deveśadeveśa (देवेश)deveśa is used as a grammatical form in this verse. stotreṇānenastotreṇānena (स्तोत्रेणानेन)stotreṇānena is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. harehare (हरे)hare is used as a grammatical form in this verse. varaṃvaraṃ (वरं)From vṛ, “to choose.” The chosen; the best. Vocative: O best. vṛṇīṣvavṛṇīṣva (वृणीष्व)The core matches the root vṛ, “to cover / to choose.” yasyas (यस्)Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.” tvtv (त्व्)tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse. iṣṭoiṣṭo (इष्टो)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” varadāhaṃvaradāhaṃ (वरदाहं)The core matches the root dā, “to give.” tavāgatātavāgatā (तवागता)tavāgatā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.132] you best who
Word make-up
- parituṣṭāsmi (परितुष्टास्मि)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” pari- (“around”) + tuṣṭāsmi.
- deveśa (देवेश)
- deveśa is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- stotreṇānena (स्तोत्रेणानेन)
- stotreṇānena is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- hare (हरे)
- hare is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- varaṃ (वरं)
- best
- From vṛ, “to choose.” The chosen; the best. Vocative: O best.
- vṛṇīṣva (वृणीष्व)
- The core matches the root vṛ, “to cover / to choose.”
- yas (यस्)
- who
- Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.”
- tv (त्व्)
- tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- iṣṭo (इष्टो)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.”
- varadāhaṃ (वरदाहं)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
- tavāgatā (तवागता)
- tavāgatā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
वरदा यदि मे देवि वरार्हो यदि चाप्य् अहम् त्रैलोक्यं न त्वया त्याज्यम् एष मे ऽस्तु वरः परः
varadāvaradā (वरदा)The core matches the root dā, “to give.” yadiyadi (यदि)ya- + di: “if.” meme (मे)Enclitic of asmad: “my / to me / by me,” from the stem asmad “I.” devidevi (देवि)Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” varārhovarārho (वरार्हो)varārho is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yadiyadi (यदि)ya- + di: “if.” cāpycāpy (चाप्य्)The core matches the root āp, “to reach.” ahamaham (अहम्)Nominative of asmad: “I.” trailokyaṃtrailokyaṃ (त्रैलोक्यं)The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” tvayātvayā (त्वया)Instrumental of yuṣmad: “by you.” tyājyamtyājyam (त्याज्यम्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” eṣaeṣa (एष)Masculine of etad: “this one.” meme (मे)Enclitic of asmad: “my / to me / by me,” from the stem asmad “I.” 'stu'stu (ऽस्तु)Imperative of as, “to be.” Let there be. varaḥvaraḥ (वरः)From vṛ, “to choose.” The chosen; the best. Vocative: O best. paraḥparaḥ (परः)para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.”
[1.9.133] if my shining one if I not by you this one my let there be best beyond
Word make-up
- varadā (वरदा)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
- yadi (यदि)
- if
- ya- + di: “if.”
- me (मे)
- my
- Enclitic of asmad: “my / to me / by me,” from the stem asmad “I.”
- devi (देवि)
- shining one
- Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- varārho (वरार्हो)
- varārho is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yadi (यदि)
- if
- ya- + di: “if.”
- cāpy (चाप्य्)
- The core matches the root āp, “to reach.”
- aham (अहम्)
- ”
- Nominative of asmad: “I.”
- trailokyaṃ (त्रैलोक्यं)
- The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- tvayā (त्वया)
- by you
- Instrumental of yuṣmad: “by you.”
- tyājyam (त्याज्यम्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- eṣa (एष)
- this one
- Masculine of etad: “this one.”
- me (मे)
- my
- Enclitic of asmad: “my / to me / by me,” from the stem asmad “I.”
- 'stu (ऽस्तु)
- let there be
- Imperative of as, “to be.” Let there be.
- varaḥ (वरः)
- best
- From vṛ, “to choose.” The chosen; the best. Vocative: O best.
- paraḥ (परः)
- beyond
- para: beyond, further, other. As a neuter noun often “what is beyond.”
स्तोत्रेण यस् तथैतेन त्वां स्तोष्यत्य् अब्धिसंभवे स त्वया न परित्याज्यो द्वितीयो ऽस्तु वरो मम
stotreṇastotreṇa (स्तोत्रेण)stotreṇa is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yasyas (यस्)Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.” tathaitenatathaitena (तथैतेन)tathaitena is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tvāṃtvāṃ (त्वां)Accusative of yuṣmad: “you.” stoṣyatystoṣyaty (स्तोष्यत्य्)stoṣyaty is used as a grammatical form in this verse. abdhisaṃbhaveabdhisaṃbhave (अब्धिसंभवे)a- (“not”) + bdhisaṃbhave. sasa (स)Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.” tvayātvayā (त्वया)Instrumental of yuṣmad: “by you.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” parityājyoparityājyo (परित्याज्यो)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” pari- (“around”) + tyājyo. dvitīyodvitīyo (द्वितीयो)dvitīyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'stu'stu (ऽस्तु)Imperative of as, “to be.” Let there be. varovaro (वरो)Inflected from vara. From vṛ, “to choose.” The chosen; the best. Vocative: O best. mamamama (मम)Genitive of asmad: “of me, my.”
[1.9.134] who you a- (“not”) + bdhisaṃbhave he by you not let there be best my
Word make-up
- stotreṇa (स्तोत्रेण)
- stotreṇa is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yas (यस्)
- who
- Nominative singular of yad: “who, which.”
- tathaitena (तथैतेन)
- tathaitena is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tvāṃ (त्वां)
- you
- Accusative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- stoṣyaty (स्तोष्यत्य्)
- stoṣyaty is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- abdhisaṃbhave (अब्धिसंभवे)
- a- (“not”) + bdhisaṃbhave
- a- (“not”) + bdhisaṃbhave.
- sa (स)
- he
- Nominative singular masculine of tad: “he, that one.”
- tvayā (त्वया)
- by you
- Instrumental of yuṣmad: “by you.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- parityājyo (परित्याज्यो)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” pari- (“around”) + tyājyo.
- dvitīyo (द्वितीयो)
- dvitīyo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'stu (ऽस्तु)
- let there be
- Imperative of as, “to be.” Let there be.
- varo (वरो)
- best
- Inflected from vara. From vṛ, “to choose.” The chosen; the best. Vocative: O best.
- mama (मम)
- my
- Genitive of asmad: “of me, my.”
त्रैलोक्यं त्रिदशश्रेष्ठ न संत्यक्ष्यामि वासव दत्तो वरो मयायं ते स्तोत्राराधनतुष्टया
trailokyaṃtrailokyaṃ (त्रैलोक्यं)The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.” tridaśaśreṣṭhatridaśaśreṣṭha (त्रिदशश्रेष्ठ)tridaśaśreṣṭha is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nana (न)Negation: “not.” saṃtyakṣyāmisaṃtyakṣyāmi (संत्यक्ष्यामि)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” saṃ- (“together”) + tyakṣyāmi. vāsavavāsava (वासव)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” dattodatto (दत्तो)datto is used as a grammatical form in this verse. varovaro (वरो)Inflected from vara. From vṛ, “to choose.” The chosen; the best. Vocative: O best. mayāyaṃmayāyaṃ (मयायं)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. stotrārādhanatuṣṭayāstotrārādhanatuṣṭayā (स्तोत्राराधनतुष्टया)The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
[1.9.135] not best you
Word make-up
- trailokyaṃ (त्रैलोक्यं)
- The core matches the root lok, “to see, to shine.”
- tridaśaśreṣṭha (त्रिदशश्रेष्ठ)
- tridaśaśreṣṭha is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- saṃtyakṣyāmi (संत्यक्ष्यामि)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.” saṃ- (“together”) + tyakṣyāmi.
- vāsava (वासव)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.”
- datto (दत्तो)
- datto is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- varo (वरो)
- best
- Inflected from vara. From vṛ, “to choose.” The chosen; the best. Vocative: O best.
- mayāyaṃ (मयायं)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- stotrārādhanatuṣṭayā (स्तोत्राराधनतुष्टया)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
यश् च सायं तथा प्रातः स्तोत्रेणानेन मानवः मां स्तोष्यति न तस्याहं भविष्यामि पराङ्मुखी
yaśyaś (यश्)yaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” sāyaṃsāyaṃ (सायं)sāyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tathātathā (तथा)ta- + thā: “in that way, so.” prātaḥprātaḥ (प्रातः)prātaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. stotreṇānenastotreṇānena (स्तोत्रेणानेन)stotreṇānena is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mānavaḥmānavaḥ (मानवः)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” māṃmāṃ (मां)Accusative of asmad: “me.” stoṣyatistoṣyati (स्तोष्यति)stoṣyati is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nana (न)Negation: “not.” tasyāhaṃtasyāhaṃ (तस्याहं)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” bhaviṣyāmibhaviṣyāmi (भविष्यामि)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” parāṅmukhīparāṅmukhī (पराङ्मुखी)parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + ṅmukhī.
[1.9.136] and so me not parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + ṅmukhī
Word make-up
- yaś (यश्)
- yaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- sāyaṃ (सायं)
- sāyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tathā (तथा)
- so
- ta- + thā: “in that way, so.”
- prātaḥ (प्रातः)
- prātaḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- stotreṇānena (स्तोत्रेणानेन)
- stotreṇānena is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mānavaḥ (मानवः)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- māṃ (मां)
- me
- Accusative of asmad: “me.”
- stoṣyati (स्तोष्यति)
- stoṣyati is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- tasyāhaṃ (तस्याहं)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- bhaviṣyāmi (भविष्यामि)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- parāṅmukhī (पराङ्मुखी)
- parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + ṅmukhī
- parā- (“away, forth beyond”) + ṅmukhī.
एवं ददौ वरौ देवी देवराजाय वै पुरा मैत्रेय श्रीर् महाभागा स्तोत्राराधनतोषिता
evaṃevaṃ (एवं)Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” dadaudadau (ददौ)dadau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. varauvarau (वरौ)Inflected from vara. From vṛ, “to choose.” The chosen; the best. Vocative: O best. devīdevī (देवी)Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.” devarājāyadevarājāya (देवराजाय)The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.” vaivai (वै)Particle of emphasis: “indeed.” purāpurā (पुरा)Indeclinable: “formerly, of old.” maitreyamaitreya (मैत्रेय)maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śrīrśrīr (श्रीर्)śrīr is used as a grammatical form in this verse. mahābhāgāmahābhāgā (महाभागा)mahābhāgā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. stotrārādhanatoṣitāstotrārādhanatoṣitā (स्तोत्राराधनतोषिता)The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
[1.9.137] just best shining one indeed formerly
Word make-up
- evaṃ (एवं)
- just
- Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- dadau (ददौ)
- dadau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- varau (वरौ)
- best
- Inflected from vara. From vṛ, “to choose.” The chosen; the best. Vocative: O best.
- devī (देवी)
- shining one
- Inflected from deva. From div, “to shine.” A shining one; a god as a shining being, not a generic “God.”
- devarājāya (देवराजाय)
- The core matches the root rāj, “to shine, to rule.”
- vai (वै)
- indeed
- Particle of emphasis: “indeed.”
- purā (पुरा)
- formerly
- Indeclinable: “formerly, of old.”
- maitreya (मैत्रेय)
- maitreya is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śrīr (श्रीर्)
- śrīr is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mahābhāgā (महाभागा)
- mahābhāgā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- stotrārādhanatoṣitā (स्तोत्राराधनतोषिता)
- The core matches the root han, “to strike.”
भृगोः ख्यात्यां समुत्पन्ना श्रीः पूर्वम् उदधेः पुनः देवदानवयत्नेन प्रसूतामृतमन्थने
bhṛgoḥbhṛgoḥ (भृगोः)The core matches the root bhṛ, “to bear.” khyātyāṃkhyātyāṃ (ख्यात्यां)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” samutpannāsamutpannā (समुत्पन्ना)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” sam- (“together”) + utpannā. śrīḥśrīḥ (श्रीः)śrī: splendour, the honour-prefix, from śri “to lean / to shine.” pūrvampūrvam (पूर्वम्)The core matches the root pū, “to purify.” udadheḥudadheḥ (उदधेः)ud- (“up, out”) joined to adheḥ. Indeclinable: “below.” Together the form means ud + that sense. punaḥpunaḥ (पुनः)Adverb: “again, back.” devadānavayatnenadevadānavayatnena (देवदानवयत्नेन)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” prasūtāmṛtamanthaneprasūtāmṛtamanthane (प्रसूतामृतमन्थने)The core matches the root man, “to think.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sūtāmṛtamanthane.
[1.9.138] splendour below again
Word make-up
- bhṛgoḥ (भृगोः)
- The core matches the root bhṛ, “to bear.”
- khyātyāṃ (ख्यात्यां)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- samutpannā (समुत्पन्ना)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” sam- (“together”) + utpannā.
- śrīḥ (श्रीः)
- splendour
- śrī: splendour, the honour-prefix, from śri “to lean / to shine.”
- pūrvam (पूर्वम्)
- The core matches the root pū, “to purify.”
- udadheḥ (उदधेः)
- below
- ud- (“up, out”) joined to adheḥ. Indeclinable: “below.” Together the form means ud + that sense.
- punaḥ (पुनः)
- again
- Adverb: “again, back.”
- devadānavayatnena (देवदानवयत्नेन)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
- prasūtāmṛtamanthane (प्रसूतामृतमन्थने)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.” pra- (“forth, forward”) + sūtāmṛtamanthane.
एवं यदा जगत्स्वामी देवदेवो जनार्दनः अवतारं करोत्य् एषा तदा श्रीस् तत्सहायिनी
evaṃevaṃ (एवं)Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.” yadāyadā (यदा)ya- + dā: “at which time, when.” jagatsvāmījagatsvāmī (जगत्स्वामी)jagatsvāmī is used as a grammatical form in this verse. devadevodevadevo (देवदेवो)Inflected from devadeva. deva + deva: shining one of shining ones. janārdanaḥjanārdanaḥ (जनार्दनः)jana (“people,” jan “to be born”) + ardana (ard, “to agitate, to distress”). Agitator of people; or destroyer of the wicked among men. A name of Kṛṣṇa. avatāraṃavatāraṃ (अवतारं)ava- (“down, off”) + tāraṃ. karotykaroty (करोत्य्)karoty is used as a grammatical form in this verse. eṣāeṣā (एषा)Inflected from eṣa. Masculine of etad: “this one.” tadātadā (तदा)ta- + dā: “at that time, then.” śrīsśrīs (श्रीस्)śrīs is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tatsahāyinītatsahāyinī (तत्सहायिनी)The core matches the root nī, “to lead.”
[1.9.139] just when god of gods janārdanaḥ ava- (“down, off”) + tāraṃ this one then
Word make-up
- evaṃ (एवं)
- just
- Inflected from eva. Particle of restriction or emphasis: “only, just, indeed.”
- yadā (यदा)
- when
- ya- + dā: “at which time, when.”
- jagatsvāmī (जगत्स्वामी)
- jagatsvāmī is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- devadevo (देवदेवो)
- god of gods
- Inflected from devadeva. deva + deva: shining one of shining ones.
- janārdanaḥ (जनार्दनः)
- A name of Kṛṣṇa
- jana (“people,” jan “to be born”) + ardana (ard, “to agitate, to distress”). Agitator of people; or destroyer of the wicked among men. A name of Kṛṣṇa.
- avatāraṃ (अवतारं)
- ava- (“down, off”) + tāraṃ
- ava- (“down, off”) + tāraṃ.
- karoty (करोत्य्)
- karoty is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- eṣā (एषा)
- this one
- Inflected from eṣa. Masculine of etad: “this one.”
- tadā (तदा)
- then
- ta- + dā: “at that time, then.”
- śrīs (श्रीस्)
- śrīs is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tatsahāyinī (तत्सहायिनी)
- The core matches the root nī, “to lead.”
पुनश् च पद्मा संभूता आदित्यो ऽभूद् यदा हरिः यदा तु भार्गवो रामस् तदाभूद् धरणी त्व् इयम्
punaśpunaś (पुनश्)The core matches the root naś, “to perish.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” padmāpadmā (पद्मा)The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.” saṃbhūtāsaṃbhūtā (संभूता)saṃ- (“together”) joined to bhūtā. Past participle of bhū: “what has come to be; a being.” Together the form means saṃ + that sense. ādityoādityo (आदित्यो)ā- (“unto, fully”) + dityo. 'bhūd'bhūd (ऽभूद्)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” yadāyadā (यदा)ya- + dā: “at which time, when.” hariḥhariḥ (हरिः)hariḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yadāyadā (यदा)ya- + dā: “at which time, when.” tutu (तु)Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast. bhārgavobhārgavo (भार्गवो)bhārgavo is used as a grammatical form in this verse. rāmasrāmas (रामस्)The core matches the root as, “to be.” tadābhūdtadābhūd (तदाभूद्)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” dharaṇīdharaṇī (धरणी)dharaṇī is used as a grammatical form in this verse. tvtv (त्व्)tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse. iyamiyam (इयम्)Feminine of idam: “this.”
[1.9.140] and what has come to be ā- (“unto, fully”) + dityo when when but this
Word make-up
- punaś (पुनश्)
- The core matches the root naś, “to perish.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- padmā (पद्मा)
- The core matches the root pad, “to go, to fall.”
- saṃbhūtā (संभूता)
- what has come to be
- saṃ- (“together”) joined to bhūtā. Past participle of bhū: “what has come to be; a being.” Together the form means saṃ + that sense.
- ādityo (आदित्यो)
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + dityo
- ā- (“unto, fully”) + dityo.
- 'bhūd (ऽभूद्)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- yadā (यदा)
- when
- ya- + dā: “at which time, when.”
- hariḥ (हरिः)
- hariḥ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yadā (यदा)
- when
- ya- + dā: “at which time, when.”
- tu (तु)
- but
- Particle: “but, then, now” — a turn or a slight contrast.
- bhārgavo (भार्गवो)
- bhārgavo is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- rāmas (रामस्)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.”
- tadābhūd (तदाभूद्)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- dharaṇī (धरणी)
- dharaṇī is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- tv (त्व्)
- tv is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- iyam (इयम्)
- this
- Feminine of idam: “this.”
राघवत्वे ऽभवत् सीता रुक्मिणी कृष्णजन्मनि अन्येषु चावतारेषु विष्णोर् एषा सहायिनी
rāghavatverāghavatve (राघवत्वे)rāghavatve is used as a grammatical form in this verse. 'bhavat'bhavat (ऽभवत्)'bhavat is used as a grammatical form in this verse. sītāsītā (सीता)sītā is used as a grammatical form in this verse. rukmiṇīrukmiṇī (रुक्मिणी)rukmiṇī is used as a grammatical form in this verse. kṛṣṇajanmanikṛṣṇajanmani (कृष्णजन्मनि)The core matches the root man, “to think.” anyeṣuanyeṣu (अन्येषु)Inflected from anya. Nominative singular of anya: “another.” cāvatāreṣucāvatāreṣu (चावतारेषु)cāvatāreṣu is used as a grammatical form in this verse. viṣṇorviṣṇor (विष्णोर्)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇor. eṣāeṣā (एषा)Inflected from eṣa. Masculine of etad: “this one.” sahāyinīsahāyinī (सहायिनी)The core matches the root nī, “to lead.”
[1.9.141] another this one
Word make-up
- rāghavatve (राघवत्वे)
- rāghavatve is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- 'bhavat (ऽभवत्)
- 'bhavat is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- sītā (सीता)
- sītā is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- rukmiṇī (रुक्मिणी)
- rukmiṇī is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- kṛṣṇajanmani (कृष्णजन्मनि)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
- anyeṣu (अन्येषु)
- another
- Inflected from anya. Nominative singular of anya: “another.”
- cāvatāreṣu (चावतारेषु)
- cāvatāreṣu is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- viṣṇor (विष्णोर्)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇor.
- eṣā (एषा)
- this one
- Inflected from eṣa. Masculine of etad: “this one.”
- sahāyinī (सहायिनी)
- The core matches the root nī, “to lead.”
देवत्वे देवदेहेयं मनुष्यत्वे च मानुषी विष्णोर् देहानुरूपां वै करोत्य् एषात्मनस् तनुम्
devatvedevatve (देवत्वे)devatve is used as a grammatical form in this verse. devadeheyaṃdevadeheyaṃ (देवदेहेयं)The core matches the root vad, “to say.” manuṣyatvemanuṣyatve (मनुष्यत्वे)The core matches the root man, “to think.” caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” mānuṣīmānuṣī (मानुषी)The core matches the root mā, “to measure.” viṣṇorviṣṇor (विष्णोर्)The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇor. dehānurūpāṃdehānurūpāṃ (देहानुरूपां)The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.” vaivai (वै)Particle of emphasis: “indeed.” karotykaroty (करोत्य्)karoty is used as a grammatical form in this verse. eṣātmanaseṣātmanas (एषात्मनस्)The core matches the root man, “to think.” tanumtanum (तनुम्)The core matches the root tan, “to stretch.”
[1.9.142] and indeed
Word make-up
- devatve (देवत्वे)
- devatve is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- devadeheyaṃ (देवदेहेयं)
- The core matches the root vad, “to say.”
- manuṣyatve (मनुष्यत्वे)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- mānuṣī (मानुषी)
- The core matches the root mā, “to measure.”
- viṣṇor (विष्णोर्)
- The core matches the root iṣ, “to wish, to send.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + ṣṇor.
- dehānurūpāṃ (देहानुरूपां)
- The core matches the root pā, “to protect / to drink.”
- vai (वै)
- indeed
- Particle of emphasis: “indeed.”
- karoty (करोत्य्)
- karoty is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- eṣātmanas (एषात्मनस्)
- The core matches the root man, “to think.”
- tanum (तनुम्)
- The core matches the root tan, “to stretch.”
यश् चैतच् छृणुयाज् जन्म लक्ष्म्या यश् च पठेन् नरः श्रियो न विच्युतिस् तस्य गृहे यावत् कुलत्रयम्
yaśyaś (यश्)yaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caitaccaitac (चैतच्)caitac is used as a grammatical form in this verse. chṛṇuyājchṛṇuyāj (छृणुयाज्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” janmajanma (जन्म)From jan, “to be born, to bring forth.” Birth; a coming-to-birth. lakṣmyālakṣmyā (लक्ष्म्या)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” yaśyaś (यश्)yaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caca (च)Enclitic particle: “and, also.” paṭhenpaṭhen (पठेन्)paṭhen is used as a grammatical form in this verse. naraḥnaraḥ (नरः)nara: a man, a human being (as mortal person). śriyośriyo (श्रियो)The core matches the root śri, “to lean.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” vicyutisvicyutis (विच्युतिस्)The core matches the root cyu, “to fall away.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + cyutis. tasyatasya (तस्य)Genitive of tad: “of that, his.” gṛhegṛhe (गृहे)gṛhe is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yāvatyāvat (यावत्)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” kulatrayamkulatrayam (कुलत्रयम्)kulatrayam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
[1.9.143] birth and a man not of that
Word make-up
- yaś (यश्)
- yaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- caitac (चैतच्)
- caitac is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- chṛṇuyāj (छृणुयाज्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- janma (जन्म)
- birth
- From jan, “to be born, to bring forth.” Birth; a coming-to-birth.
- lakṣmyā (लक्ष्म्या)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- yaś (यश्)
- yaś is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- ca (च)
- and
- Enclitic particle: “and, also.”
- paṭhen (पठेन्)
- paṭhen is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- naraḥ (नरः)
- a man
- nara: a man, a human being (as mortal person).
- śriyo (श्रियो)
- The core matches the root śri, “to lean.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- vicyutis (विच्युतिस्)
- The core matches the root cyu, “to fall away.” vi- (“apart, asunder”) + cyutis.
- tasya (तस्य)
- of that
- Genitive of tad: “of that, his.”
- gṛhe (गृहे)
- gṛhe is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yāvat (यावत्)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- kulatrayam (कुलत्रयम्)
- kulatrayam is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
पठ्यते येषु चैवेयं गृहेषु श्रीस्तुतिर् मुने अलक्ष्मीः कलहाधारा न तेष्व् आस्ते कदाचन
paṭhyatepaṭhyate (पठ्यते)paṭhyate is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yeṣuyeṣu (येषु)yeṣu is used as a grammatical form in this verse. caiveyaṃcaiveyaṃ (चैवेयं)caiveyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. gṛheṣugṛheṣu (गृहेषु)gṛheṣu is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śrīstutirśrīstutir (श्रीस्तुतिर्)śrīstutir is used as a grammatical form in this verse. munemune (मुने)mune is used as a grammatical form in this verse. alakṣmīḥalakṣmīḥ (अलक्ष्मीः)a- (“not”) + lakṣmīḥ. kalahādhārākalahādhārā (कलहाधारा)The core matches the root dhā, “to place.” nana (न)Negation: “not.” teṣvteṣv (तेष्व्)teṣv is used as a grammatical form in this verse. āsteāste (आस्ते)The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + ste. kadācanakadācana (कदाचन)The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
[1.9.144] a- (“not”) + lakṣmīḥ not
Word make-up
- paṭhyate (पठ्यते)
- paṭhyate is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yeṣu (येषु)
- yeṣu is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- caiveyaṃ (चैवेयं)
- caiveyaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- gṛheṣu (गृहेषु)
- gṛheṣu is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śrīstutir (श्रीस्तुतिर्)
- śrīstutir is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- mune (मुने)
- mune is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- alakṣmīḥ (अलक्ष्मीः)
- a- (“not”) + lakṣmīḥ
- a- (“not”) + lakṣmīḥ.
- kalahādhārā (कलहाधारा)
- The core matches the root dhā, “to place.”
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- teṣv (तेष्व्)
- teṣv is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- āste (आस्ते)
- The core matches the root ās, “to sit.” ā- (“unto, fully”) + ste.
- kadācana (कदाचन)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
एतत् ते कथितं ब्रह्मन् यन् मां त्वं परिपृच्छसि क्षीराब्धौ श्रीर् यथा जाता पूर्वं भृगुसुता सती
etatetat (एतत्)Neuter of etad: “this here.” e- + tad. tete (ते)Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse. kathitaṃkathitaṃ (कथितं)kathitaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse. brahmanbrahman (ब्रह्मन्)Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class. yanyan (यन्)The core matches the root an, “to breathe.” māṃmāṃ (मां)Accusative of asmad: “me.” tvaṃtvaṃ (त्वं)Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.” paripṛcchasiparipṛcchasi (परिपृच्छसि)The core matches the root as, “to be.” pari- (“around”) + pṛcchasi. kṣīrābdhaukṣīrābdhau (क्षीराब्धौ)kṣīrābdhau is used as a grammatical form in this verse. śrīrśrīr (श्रीर्)śrīr is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yathāyathā (यथा)ya- + thā: “in which way, as.” jātājātā (जाता)From jan, “to be born.” Is born; born. pūrvaṃpūrvaṃ (पूर्वं)The core matches the root pū, “to purify.” bhṛgusutābhṛgusutā (भृगुसुता)The core matches the root bhṛ, “to bear.” satīsatī (सती)Inflected from sat. Present participle of as, “to be”: “being, what is.”
[1.9.145] this you that-which-is-vast (brahman) me you as is born what is
Word make-up
- etat (एतत्)
- this
- Neuter of etad: “this here.” e- + tad.
- te (ते)
- you
- Enclitic of yuṣmad (“your / to you”) or nominative plural of tad (“they”). Sense follows the verse.
- kathitaṃ (कथितं)
- kathitaṃ is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- brahman (ब्रह्मन्)
- that-which-is-vast (brahman)
- Neuter of brahman, from bṛh, “to grow, to swell, to be vast.” It names that which is vast — an entity, not a person. The creator god is a different word, Brahmā (masculine). A brāhmaṇa is a person of that class.
- yan (यन्)
- The core matches the root an, “to breathe.”
- māṃ (मां)
- me
- Accusative of asmad: “me.”
- tvaṃ (त्वं)
- you
- Nominative of yuṣmad: “you.”
- paripṛcchasi (परिपृच्छसि)
- The core matches the root as, “to be.” pari- (“around”) + pṛcchasi.
- kṣīrābdhau (क्षीराब्धौ)
- kṣīrābdhau is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- śrīr (श्रीर्)
- śrīr is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yathā (यथा)
- as
- ya- + thā: “in which way, as.”
- jātā (जाता)
- is born
- From jan, “to be born.” Is born; born.
- pūrvaṃ (पूर्वं)
- The core matches the root pū, “to purify.”
- bhṛgusutā (भृगुसुता)
- The core matches the root bhṛ, “to bear.”
- satī (सती)
- what is
- Inflected from sat. Present participle of as, “to be”: “being, what is.”
इति सकलविभूत्यवाप्तिहेतुः स्तुतिर् इयम् इन्द्रमुखोद्गता हि लक्ष्म्याः अनुदिनम् इह पठ्यते नृभिर् यैर् वसति न तेषु कदाचिद् अप्य् अलक्ष्मीः
itiiti (इति)Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought. sakalavibhūtyavāptihetuḥsakalavibhūtyavāptihetuḥ (सकलविभूत्यवाप्तिहेतुः)The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.” stutirstutir (स्तुतिर्)stutir is used as a grammatical form in this verse. iyamiyam (इयम्)Feminine of idam: “this.” indramukhodgatāindramukhodgatā (इन्द्रमुखोद्गता)The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.” hihi (हि)Particle: “for, because, indeed” — marks a reason or emphasis. lakṣmyāḥlakṣmyāḥ (लक्ष्म्याः)The core matches the root yā, “to go.” anudinamanudinam (अनुदिनम्)The core matches the root nam, “to bow.” anu- (“along, after”) + dinam. ihaiha (इह)Adverb: “here, in this world.” paṭhyatepaṭhyate (पठ्यते)paṭhyate is used as a grammatical form in this verse. nṛbhirnṛbhir (नृभिर्)nṛbhir is used as a grammatical form in this verse. yairyair (यैर्)yair is used as a grammatical form in this verse. vasativasati (वसति)From vas, “to dwell.” Dwells. nana (न)Negation: “not.” teṣuteṣu (तेषु)Locative plural of tad: “in them.” kadācidkadācid (कदाचिद्)The core matches the root dā, “to give.” apyapy (अप्य्)apy is used as a grammatical form in this verse. alakṣmīḥalakṣmīḥ (अलक्ष्मीः)a- (“not”) + lakṣmīḥ.
[1.9.146] thus this for here dwells not in them a- (“not”) + lakṣmīḥ
Word make-up
- iti (इति)
- thus
- Quotative particle: “thus” — closes speech or thought.
- sakalavibhūtyavāptihetuḥ (सकलविभूत्यवाप्तिहेतुः)
- The core matches the root bhū, “to be, to come to be.”
- stutir (स्तुतिर्)
- stutir is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- iyam (इयम्)
- this
- Feminine of idam: “this.”
- indramukhodgatā (इन्द्रमुखोद्गता)
- The core matches the root ram, “to rest, to delight.”
- hi (हि)
- for
- Particle: “for, because, indeed” — marks a reason or emphasis.
- lakṣmyāḥ (लक्ष्म्याः)
- The core matches the root yā, “to go.”
- anudinam (अनुदिनम्)
- The core matches the root nam, “to bow.” anu- (“along, after”) + dinam.
- iha (इह)
- here
- Adverb: “here, in this world.”
- paṭhyate (पठ्यते)
- paṭhyate is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- nṛbhir (नृभिर्)
- nṛbhir is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- yair (यैर्)
- yair is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- vasati (वसति)
- dwells
- From vas, “to dwell.” Dwells.
- na (न)
- not
- Negation: “not.”
- teṣu (तेषु)
- in them
- Locative plural of tad: “in them.”
- kadācid (कदाचिद्)
- The core matches the root dā, “to give.”
- apy (अप्य्)
- apy is used as a grammatical form in this verse.
- alakṣmīḥ (अलक्ष्मीः)
- a- (“not”) + lakṣmīḥ
- a- (“not”) + lakṣmīḥ.